WO2024016215A1 - Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024016215A1
WO2024016215A1 PCT/CN2022/106753 CN2022106753W WO2024016215A1 WO 2024016215 A1 WO2024016215 A1 WO 2024016215A1 CN 2022106753 W CN2022106753 W CN 2022106753W WO 2024016215 A1 WO2024016215 A1 WO 2024016215A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
reference signal
positioning
positioning reference
identification
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/106753
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵振山
张世昌
马腾
丁伊
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2022/106753 priority Critical patent/WO2024016215A1/en
Publication of WO2024016215A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024016215A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems

Definitions

  • the embodiments of this application relate to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relate to a communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, chip, product and program.
  • Wireless positioning technology uses wireless communication networks to measure some parameters of received radio waves and determine the location of a terminal within a certain period of time according to a specific algorithm in order to provide relevant location information to the end user. Information services or real-time monitoring and tracking.
  • the terminal may send a positioning reference signal so that the device that receives the positioning reference signal determines the location of the terminal.
  • how the terminal determines the transmitted positioning reference signal is an issue that has not been considered in this field.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, chip, product and program.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set
  • the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
  • the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to the first identifier in the predetermined identifier set.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
  • the network device configures a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
  • a determining unit configured to determine the first identity from the predetermined identity set
  • the communication unit is configured to send a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identification.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including:
  • a communication unit configured to receive a first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to a first identifier in a predetermined identifier set.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including:
  • a communication unit configured to configure a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a processor and a memory,
  • the memory stores a computer program executable on the processor
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium that stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs can be executed by one or more processors to implement the first aspect. , the method described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a chip, including: a processor configured to call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer storage medium.
  • the computer storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program includes instructions that can be executed by at least one processor. When When the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the method of the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect is implemented.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program, which causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
  • the first terminal determines a first identifier from a predetermined identifier set; the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the first identifier. In this way, the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second terminal based on the first identifier determined from the predetermined identifier set, so that the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of intranet communication within network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of side-link communication with partial network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of network coverage outside line communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of side communication with a central control node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a unicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a multicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a broadcast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the PSSCH DMRS frequency domain position provided by the embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of network device-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of terminal-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram for determining whether to feed back a positioning reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • side communication according to the network coverage of the communicating terminal equipment, it can be divided into side communication within the network coverage, side communication with partial network coverage, side communication outside the network coverage, and side communication with a central control node. , as shown in Figures 1 to 4 respectively.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a side communication within a network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, in the side communication within a network coverage, all terminal devices performing side communication are within the coverage of the same network device. , thus, the above-mentioned terminal devices can all perform side-link communication based on the same side-link configuration by receiving the configuration signaling of the network device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of side communication with partial network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • some terminal devices performing side communication are located within the coverage of the network equipment.
  • this part of the terminal equipment can receive the configuration signaling of the network equipment, and perform side communication according to the configuration of the network equipment.
  • the terminal device located outside the network coverage cannot receive the configuration signaling of the network device.
  • the terminal device outside the network coverage will use the pre-configuration information and the terminal located within the network coverage.
  • the information carried in the Physical Sidelink Broadcast CHannel (PSBCH) sent by the device determines the sidelink configuration and performs sidelink communication.
  • PSBCH Physical Sidelink Broadcast CHannel
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of side-line communication outside network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, for side-line communication outside network coverage, all terminal devices performing side-line communication are located outside the network coverage.
  • the side-link configuration can be determined based on the pre-configuration information for side-link communication.
  • FIG 4 is a schematic diagram of side communication with a central control node provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple terminal devices for side communication with a central control node, multiple terminal devices (for example, terminal devices 1-3 ) constitutes a communication group.
  • the communication group has a central control node, which can also become a cluster head (Cluster Header, CH) terminal device.
  • the central control node has at least one of the following functions: responsible for the establishment of the communication group, the Functions such as joining and/or leaving, resource coordination, allocating side-link transmission resources to other terminal devices, receiving side-link feedback information from other terminal devices, and resource coordination with other communication groups.
  • Device-to-device communication is a Sidelink (SL) transmission technology based on Device to Device (D2D). It is different from the way communication data is received or sent through network devices in traditional cellular systems. Devices Communication to the device has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay.
  • the Internet of Vehicles system uses direct communication from device to device.
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) defines two transmission modes: the first mode and the second mode.
  • the transmission resources of the terminal device can be allocated by the network device, and the terminal device can send data on the sidelink according to the resources allocated by the network device; the network device can allocate resources for a single transmission to the terminal device, Semi-static transmission resources can also be allocated to terminal devices. As shown in Figure 1, the terminal device is located within the network coverage, and the network allocates transmission resources for sidelink transmission to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can select a resource in the resource pool for data transmission. As shown in Figure 3, the terminal device is located outside the cell coverage, and the terminal device can independently select transmission resources from the preconfigured resource pool for side transmission; or in Figure 1, the terminal device can independently select from the network configured resource pool. Transmission resources for sideline transmission.
  • Second mode resource selection follows the following two steps:
  • Step 1 The terminal device uses all available resources in the resource selection window as resource set A.
  • the terminal device uses the value set of the "resource reservation period" field in the resource pool configuration used to determine the corresponding time slot within the selection window.
  • the terminal device listens to the Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH) within the listening window, measure the Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) of the PSCCH or the physical sidelink sharing of the PSCCH schedule.
  • RSRP of the channel Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Shared Channel
  • the possible values of the above X are ⁇ 20, 35, 50 ⁇ , and the terminal device determines the parameter X from the value set according to the priority of the data to be sent.
  • the above-mentioned SL-RSRP threshold is related to the priority carried in the PSCCH heard by the terminal device and the priority of the data to be sent by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device uses the remaining resources after resource exclusion in set A as a candidate resource set.
  • Step 2 The terminal device randomly selects several resources from the candidate resource set as its sending resources for initial transmission and retransmission.
  • NR New Radio
  • V2X Vehicle-to-Everything
  • the receiving device has an end device.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a unicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, unicast transmission can be performed between terminal device 1 and terminal device 2.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a multicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end device can be all terminal devices in a communication group, or it can be in a certain transmission All terminal devices within distance.
  • terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3 and terminal device 4 form a communication group, in which terminal device 1 sends data, and other terminal devices in the group can be receiving devices.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a broadcast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end device can be any terminal device around the sending end device.
  • terminal device 1 is The sending device and other terminal devices around it (ie, terminal device 2 to terminal device 6) are all receiving devices.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic diagram of an NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency. In NR-V2X, PSSCH and its associated PSCCH are transmitted in the same time slot, and PSCCH can occupy 2 or 3 time domain symbols ( Figure 8 shows that it occupies 3 time domain symbols).
  • the time domain resource allocation of NR-V2X uses time slot as the allocation granularity. Configure the starting point and length of the time domain symbols used for sidelink transmission in a time slot through the parameters sidelink-start symbol (sl-startSymbols) and sidelink-symbol length (sl-lengthSymbols).
  • PSSCH and PSCCH can only use the remaining time domain symbols. However, if a physical sidelink feedback channel (Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel, PSFCH) is configured in a time slot ) transmission resources, PSSCH and PSCCH cannot occupy the time domain symbols used for PSFCH transmission, and the GP symbols before this symbol.
  • PSFCH Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel
  • the PSFCH occupies symbols 11 and 12
  • symbols 10 and 13 are used as GPs respectively
  • the time domain symbols that can be used for PSSCH transmission are symbols 3 to 9
  • PSCCH occupies 2 time domain symbols, namely symbols 4 and 5.
  • Symbol index 0-2 are symbols that are not available for sidelinks.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency.
  • PSCCH and PSSCH there may also be PSFCH in a sidelink time slot in NR-V2X.
  • the first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol is copied Information sent on the second symbol, which is usually used for Automatic Gain Control (AGC).
  • AGC Automatic Gain Control
  • transceiver conversion which is used for the UE to transition from the transmit (or receive) state to the receive (or transmit) state.
  • the PSCCH may occupy two or three OFDM symbols starting from the second siderow symbol (in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 9, the PSCCH occupies three OFDM symbols starting from the second siderow symbol).
  • symbol in the frequency domain, the number of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) occupied by the PSCCH is within the sub-band range of a PSSCH. If the number of PRBs occupied by the PSCCH is less than the size of a sub-channel of the PSSCH, or,
  • the frequency domain resources of PSSCH include multiple sub-channels, so on the OFDM symbol where PSCCH is located, PSCCH can be frequency-division multiplexed with PSSCH.
  • the symbol with index 0 is used for AGC
  • the symbols with index 1, index 4 and index 7 are also used to transmit the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS)
  • the symbols with index 10 and index 13 are used for GP.
  • the symbol with index 11 is used for AGC of PSFCH reception and the 12th symbol is used for transmitting PSFCH. Symbols with indexes 2-3, 5-6, and 8-9 can also be used to transmit PSSCH.
  • the index corresponding to the i-th symbol is i-1, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • symbols and OFDM symbols are understood the same.
  • the DMRS of PSSCH in NR-V2X draws on the design of the NR Uu interface and uses multiple time domain PSSCH DMRS patterns.
  • the number of DMRS patterns that can be used is related to the number of PSSCH symbols in the resource pool. For a specific number of PSSCH symbols (including the first AGC symbol) and the number of PSCCH symbols, the available DMRS patterns and each The position of DMRS symbols is determined. Table 1 shows the number and position of DMRS symbols under different numbers of PSSCH and PSCCH symbols:
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency. Symbols with index 0 are used for AGC, symbols with index 1-2 are used to transmit PSCCH, symbols with indexes 1, 4, 7, and 10 are used to transmit DMRS, and symbols with index 13 are GP. Symbols with indexes 2-3, 5-6, 8-9, and 11-12 can also be used to transmit PSSCH.
  • the specific time-domain DMRS pattern used is selected by the sending UE and indicated in the first-level sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI).
  • SCI Servicelink Control Information
  • PSSCH DMRS sequence is almost the same as that of PSCCH DMRS sequence.
  • the only difference lies in the initialization formula c init of pseudo-random sequence c(m), p i is the i-th cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Checksum, CRC) of the PSCCH that schedules the PSSCH, and L 24 is the number of bits of the PSCCH CRC.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Checksum
  • NR Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) support two frequency domain DMRS patterns, namely DMRS frequency domain type 1 and DMRS frequency domain type 2, and for For each frequency domain type, there are two different types: single DMRS symbol and dual DMRS symbol.
  • Single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 1 supports 4 DMRS ports
  • single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 2 can support 6 DMRS ports, and in the case of dual DMRS symbols, the number of supported ports doubles.
  • PSSCH only needs to support up to two DMRS ports, only single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 1 is supported.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of the PSSCH DMRS frequency domain location provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the PSSCH DMRS on the resource element (Resource Element, RE) index 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 supports port 0 or Port 1.
  • Resource element Resource Element, RE
  • Positioning based on side lines is one of the enhancement solutions for positioning technology.
  • the enhancement solution will consider scenarios and requirements that support NR positioning use cases within cellular network coverage, partial coverage and outside coverage.
  • Positioning method that combines lateral measurements and Uu interface measurements
  • Sidelink positioning reference signal including signal design, physical layer control signaling, resource allocation, physical layer measurement quantities, and related physical layer processes
  • Positioning system architecture and signaling processes such as configuration, measurement reporting, etc.
  • the terminal can directly determine its own absolute geographical location based on the measurement results.
  • Absolute positioning can be called terminal-based absolute positioning.
  • the terminal can report the measurement results to a positioning server, such as Location Management Function (LMF), and then the LMF calculates the absolute position of the terminal and notifies the terminal. This method is called terminal-assisted absolute positioning.
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • the terminal can estimate the relative distance and relative direction based on the received positioning reference signal, estimating the round-trip time (RTT), angle of arrival, signal reception strength and other information. .
  • RTT round-trip time
  • the terminal needs to send a positioning sequence or Sidelink-Positioning Reference Signal (SL-PRS).
  • S-PRS Sidelink-Positioning Reference Signal
  • how to determine the positioning reference signal is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • TDD LTE Time Division Duplex
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunication System Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT Narrow Band Internet of Things
  • eMTC enhanced Machine-Type Communications
  • 5G communication systems Also known as New Radio (NR) communication system
  • NR New Radio
  • future communication system such as 6G, 7G communication system
  • the network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may include access network equipment and/or core network equipment.
  • the access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal equipment (eg, UE) located within the coverage area.
  • terminal equipment eg, UE
  • the terminal device in the above embodiment can be applied to the first terminal or the second terminal in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first terminal or the second terminal in the embodiment of this application may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal, MT), user unit, user station, Mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device.
  • UE User Equipment
  • MS Mobile Station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • user unit user station
  • Mobile station Remote station
  • remote terminal mobile device
  • user terminal user terminal
  • wireless communication device user agent or user device.
  • the first terminal or the second terminal may include one of the following or a combination of at least two: Internet of Things (IoT) equipment, satellite terminal, Wireless Local Loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, server, mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, handheld Computers, desktop computers, personal digital assistants, portable media players, smart speakers, navigation devices, smart watches, smart glasses, smart necklaces and other wearable devices, pedometers, digital TVs, virtual reality (VR) terminals Equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grids Wireless terminals in (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), and vehicles and vehicle-mounted devices in the Internet of
  • the first terminal or the second terminal may be any terminal device, including but not limited to terminal devices that adopt wired or wireless connections with the network device 120 or other terminal devices.
  • the first terminal or the second terminal may be used for D2D communication.
  • Access network equipment may include one of the following or at least a combination of both: evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, next generation wireless access network (Next Generation) Radio Access Network (NG RAN) equipment, base stations (gNB) in NR systems, small stations, micro stations, wireless controllers in Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), Wireless-Fidelity (Wireless-Fidelity) , Wi-Fi) access point, transmission reception point (TRP), relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, hub, switch, bridge, router, future evolved public land mobile network Network equipment in (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
  • evolutionary base station Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • NG RAN next generation wireless access network
  • gNB base stations
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • Wireless-Fidelity Wireless-Fidelity
  • Wi-Fi Wi-Fi
  • the core network equipment can be 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) equipment.
  • the core network equipment can include one or at least a combination of the following: Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), authentication server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), User Plane Function (UPF), Session Management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), Location Management Function (LMF), Policy Control Function (Policy Control Function, PCF).
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • AUSF Authentication Server Function
  • UPF User Plane Function
  • Session Management Function Session Management Function
  • SMF Session Management Function
  • LMF Location Management Function
  • Policy Control Function Policy Control Function
  • PCF Policy Control Function
  • the core network device may also be the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, the session management function + core network data gateway (Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway, SMF + PGW-C) equipment.
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously realize the functions that SMF and PGW-C can realize.
  • the above-mentioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network, which is not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • system and "network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations.
  • the character "/” in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the "instruction” mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an association relationship.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation.
  • the "correspondence” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed. , configuration and configured relationship.
  • the "predefined”, “protocol agreement”, “predetermined” or “predefined rules” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be preset in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment).
  • predefined can refer to what is defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, which may include, for example, LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this. .
  • Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method includes:
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set.
  • the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
  • the predetermined identification set may be a pre-obtained identification set.
  • the predetermined identity set may include one or more identity sets, each of the one or more identity sets including at least one identity.
  • the identities in an identity set do not have the same identity, or the same identity exists.
  • the predetermined identification set includes multiple identification sets, the same identification may exist among the identifications included in different identification sets, or the same identification may not exist among the identifications included in different identification sets.
  • the predetermined identification set includes a first identification set and a second identification set, and both the first identification set and the second identification set may include the first identification, or, in the case where the first identification set includes the first identification, the second identification set The collection does not include the first identifier.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from a predetermined identifier set, which may include: the first terminal directly selects the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to a predetermined rule.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, which may include: the first terminal selects the first identity set from the predetermined identity set, and selects the first identity from the first identity set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, which may include: if the predetermined identity set includes only one identity set, that is, the first identity set, the first terminal selects the first identity from the first identity set. .
  • S1202 may include: the first terminal determines a first positioning reference signal according to the first identifier; and the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal may include: the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the first terminal can send the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
  • a certain positioning reference signal may include: the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal in a unicast manner.
  • the first positioning reference signal can be carried in the sideline control information SCI, PC5 Radio Resource Control (PC5-Radio Resource Control, PC5-RRC) signaling or media access control (Media Access Control, MAC) control element ( Control Element, CE).
  • sideline control information SCI PC5 Radio Resource Control (PC5-Radio Resource Control, PC5-RRC) signaling or media access control (Media Access Control, MAC) control element ( Control Element, CE).
  • PC5 Radio Resource Control PC5-Radio Resource Control, PC5-RRC
  • media access control Media Access Control, MAC
  • CE Control Element
  • the identifier (such as the first identifier or the second identifier described below) included in the predetermined identifier set in any embodiment of this application may be one of the following: positioning reference signal identifier, positioning reference signal identifier, sequence identifier, signal identifier .
  • the positioning reference signal in any embodiment of the present application can be interpreted the same as at least one of the following: : positioning sequence, reference sequence, positioning reference sequence, side row sequence, side row positioning sequence, side row reference sequence, positioning signal sequence, reference signal sequence, positioning reference signal sequence, side row signal sequence, side row positioning signal sequence, side row row reference signal sequence, side row positioning reference signal sequence, side link positioning reference signal sequence, side link positioning reference signal, side row positioning reference signal, side row reference signal, side row reference signal, side row positioning signal, positioning reference signal, reference signals, positioning signals, etc.
  • the positioning reference signal can be determined according to formula (1):
  • r(m) represents the positioning reference signal sequence
  • m is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the pseudo-random sequence c(n) is determined according to the following formula (2) to formula (4):
  • x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n))mod2 (3);
  • x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n))mod2 (4);
  • x 1 (n+N C ) and x 2 (n+N C ) are determined using formula (3) and formula (4) respectively.
  • the initialization of the second m sequence x 2 (n) can be identified according to the positioning reference signal sequence Sure.
  • the initialization of x 2 (n) may include values from x 2 (0) to x 2 (30).
  • the second m sequence x 2 (n) is initialized according to determined, and the value of c init is identified according to the positioning reference signal sequence Sure. According to different positioning reference signal sequence identification A corresponding positioning reference signal sequence can be generated. For example, c init is determined according to formula (5):
  • the value of c init is 1. In order to make both sides equal, since 2 0 is 1, x 2 (0) is 1, and other values other than x 2 (0) (including x 2 (1) to x 2 ( 30)) are all 0. For another example, the value of c init is 2. In order to make both sides equal, since 2 1 is 2, x 2 (1) is 1, and other values other than x 2 (1) (including x 2 (0), x 2 (2) to x 2 (30)) are all 0. Therefore, through the value of c init , the values of x 2 (0) to x 2 (30) can be obtained.
  • the above embodiment provides an implementation method of determining the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier. In other embodiments, there may be other ways to determine the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this, and any implementation that can determine the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier should be within the protection scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of this application can provide how to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier Methods.
  • the first positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method.
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identifier is the following second identifier
  • the following second positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method.
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identifier is the first identifier
  • the following third positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method.
  • the first positioning reference signal is used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the location information of the first terminal may include the current location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the first terminal relative to the second terminal.
  • the location information of the second terminal may include the current location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal relative to the first terminal.
  • the current location information may include at least one of the following: latitude and longitude information, altitude information (or altitude information), and location coordinate information.
  • the position information of the first terminal relative to the second terminal may include: the distance between the first terminal and the second terminal, and/or the azimuth angle and/or elevation angle of the first terminal relative to the second terminal.
  • the position information of the second terminal relative to the first terminal may include: the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal, and/or the azimuth angle and/or pitch of the second terminal relative to the first terminal. horn.
  • the first terminal may receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal, or, A terminal may receive parameters for determining location information sent by a second terminal (for example, the time at which a positioning reference signal is sent and/or received), and the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the second terminal based on the parameters.
  • the location information of the terminal, or the first terminal can receive the measurement result based on the first positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the first terminal can determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location of the second terminal based on the measurement result. information.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the location server (eg, location management function LMF).
  • the location server eg, location management function LMF.
  • the first terminal may receive a third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, based on the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal, and/ Or the time when the third positioning reference signal is received, and/or the time when the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the second terminal sends the third positioning reference signal, determine the location information of the first terminal and /or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the time when the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the second terminal sends the third positioning reference signal may be sent by the second terminal to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may send parameters for determining location information (for example, the time of transmitting and/or receiving the positioning reference signal) to the second terminal, so that the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal based on the parameters. and/or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may send a measurement result based on the third positioning reference signal to the second terminal, and the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the measurement result.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the location server (eg, location management function LMF).
  • the location server eg, location management function LMF.
  • the first terminal receives the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, performs measurements based on the third positioning reference signal, or determines the location information and/or the first terminal based on the third positioning reference signal. or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal, and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the positioning server (for example, the location management function LMF).
  • the measurement results in any embodiment of the present application can be used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the location information and/or measurement results sent between the first terminal and the second terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the measurement results, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the measurement results, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the first terminal determines a first identifier from a predetermined identifier set; the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the first identifier. In this way, the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second terminal based on the first identifier determined from the predetermined identifier set, so that the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second device.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
  • the first terminal acquires a first positioning method
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method.
  • the first positioning method may be used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the first positioning method.
  • the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the first positioning method, and then the first terminal receives the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal. Location information of the second terminal.
  • the first positioning method may include one positioning method or multiple positioning methods.
  • the first positioning method may be the positioning method of the first terminal.
  • the first positioning method may be a positioning method of the second terminal, or a positioning method of other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first positioning method when the first positioning method is the positioning method of the first terminal, the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal.
  • the first positioning method When the first positioning method is not a positioning method of the first terminal, the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal.
  • the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal or not a positioning method supported by the first terminal.
  • the first positioning method may be one or more of the positioning methods supported by the first terminal or the positioning methods that can be used.
  • the first positioning method may be the positioning method to be used by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may obtain the first positioning method from preconfigured information.
  • the first positioning method is a positioning method in which the first terminal receives instructions from the network device, the second terminal or other terminals.
  • the other terminals in any embodiment of the present application may refer to other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal unless otherwise specified.
  • the first positioning method may have a mapping relationship or an association relationship with the first identification, so that the first terminal may determine the first identification based on the mapping relationship or association relationship and the first positioning method.
  • there may be a functional relationship between the identifier corresponding to the first positioning method and the first identifier, and the first terminal may determine the first identifier based on the functional relationship and the first positioning method.
  • the first terminal may determine the first identity set from the predetermined identity set according to the first positioning method; determine the first identity from the first identity set.
  • the first terminal may select multiple identities from the subscription identity set according to the first positioning method, and determine the first identity from the multiple identities.
  • the first identification is determined by the first positioning method, and the first positioning reference signal is determined based on the first identification, so that the location information can be determined based on the first positioning method corresponding to the first positioning reference signal, which improves the convenience of determining location information.
  • the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the first positioning method, including:
  • the first terminal determines a first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method; wherein the first identification set is included in the at least one identification set;
  • the first terminal determines the first identification from the first identification set.
  • At least one identification set may be pre-divided or pre-set.
  • at least one identity set may be agreed upon by the protocol, or at least one identity set may be preconfigured, or at least one identity set may be configured by the second device, or at least one identity set may be configured by the network device , or, at least one identification set may be configured by other terminals.
  • the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method may include one identification set or multiple identification sets in at least one identification set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the first identifier set, which may include: the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the first identifier set, and the first terminal determines the first identifier from the multiple identifiers.
  • First logo the first logo.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the first identity set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set according to at least one of the following: The first identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the information sent by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal feeds back the first positioning reference signal for the second positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
  • the first positioning reference signal may be based on The first identification A selected from the first identification set is determined.
  • the first positioning reference signal may be determined based on the first identity B selected from the first identity set.
  • the first identifier A and the first identifier B may be the same or different.
  • the first terminal determines multiple identities from the first identity set based on the first information
  • the first terminal determines the multiple identities from the multiple identities based on the second information. the first identifier
  • the first information is part of the third information;
  • the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • Resource information of positioning reference signals includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • the second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set according to the first information
  • the first information is part of the third information;
  • the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier set corresponding to the first positioning method, including: the first terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning method according to the corresponding relationship. set; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • At least one identification set may correspond to at least one positioning method one-to-one.
  • at least one identification set may be identification sets A1, A2 and A3 respectively
  • at least one positioning method may be positioning methods B1, B2 and B3 respectively
  • identification sets A1, A2 and A3 may respectively correspond to positioning methods B1, B2 and B3.
  • one identification set may correspond to one or more positioning methods, and/or one positioning method may correspond to one or more identification sets.
  • the identification set may be determined as the first identification set.
  • the multiple identity sets can be determined as the first identity set, or one identity set can be selected from the multiple identity sets as the first identity set, Or the union or intersection of multiple identity sets is determined as the first identity set.
  • the corresponding relationship may be expressed as a corresponding list or a list in other embodiments.
  • the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the agreement. In other embodiments, the corresponding relationship is determined by the first terminal based on preconfiguration. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by the second terminal. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals besides the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal obtains the first positioning method, including: the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to a protocol; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to a preconfiguration. Positioning method; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information configured by the network device; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or, The first terminal determines the first positioning method based on information configured by the first terminal and other terminals other than the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may be configured with one or more positioning methods, and the first terminal may select the first positioning method from the one or more positioning methods.
  • the first terminal may determine the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods based on at least one of the first terminal's remaining power, positioning accuracy requirements, positioning services, whether it is connected to a network device, whether it is within network coverage, etc. .
  • the first terminal may randomly select the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods.
  • the multiple positioning methods may all be positioning methods supported by the first terminal, or at least some of the multiple positioning methods may be positioning methods supported by the first terminal.
  • the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported or not supported by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal can directly obtain the first positioning method according to the protocol agreement, or according to the preconfiguration, or according to the information configured by the network device, or according to the information configured by the second terminal, or according to the information configured by other terminals. .
  • the first terminal may determine multiple positioning methods based on protocol agreement, or based on preconfiguration, or based on network device configuration information, or based on information configured by the second terminal, or based on information configured by other terminals. , determine the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal receives a second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal; the first terminal determines the first identity according to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the second positioning reference signal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set.
  • the second positioning reference signal may be sent in a broadcast, multicast or unicast manner, so that the first terminal can receive the second positioning reference signal.
  • the second positioning reference signal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the first terminal determines to feed back the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, so that the second terminal can use the first positioning reference signal and the second positioning reference signal. Determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the second terminal based on the reference signal.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second positioning reference signal, including:
  • the first terminal determines a second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal
  • the first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second identification.
  • the first terminal may determine the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal according to the above formula (1) to formula (5).
  • the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal may include one identifier or multiple identifiers.
  • the second identifier may be selected from the multiple identifiers.
  • selecting the second identifier from multiple identifiers may include: randomly selecting the second identifier from the multiple identifiers, or selecting from the multiple identifiers according to the positioning method or the first positioning method supported by the first terminal.
  • Second identification For example, the second identifier is included in multiple identifiers and included in a positioning method supported by the first terminal or a first identifier set corresponding to the first positioning method.
  • the first identification and the second identification may be the same or different.
  • both the first identification and the second identification may be included in the first identification set.
  • the first identification and the second identification may be included in different identification sets.
  • the first identification may be included in a first identification set
  • the second identification may be included in a second identification set.
  • the first terminal may determine the second positioning method according to the second identification; the first terminal may determine the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second positioning method.
  • the second positioning method may be a positioning method of the second terminal, and/or may be a positioning method of the first terminal.
  • the second positioning method and the first positioning method may be the same or different.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal may negotiate the positioning method in advance.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second positioning method corresponding to the second identifier.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method.
  • the implementation of determining the first identifier in the identifier set is similar and will not be described again in this application.
  • the first terminal may determine the second identity set to which the second identity belongs; and determine the second positioning method based on the second identity set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second positioning method, which may include: the first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set according to the second positioning method.
  • the predetermined set of identities includes at least one set of identities
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second identity, including: the first terminal determines the second identity set to which the second identity belongs; the second The identity set is included in the at least one identity set; the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set.
  • the second identity set may include one or more identity sets in at least one identity set, or the second identity set may be an intersection or union of multiple identity sets.
  • the identity set to which the second identity belongs may be one or more identity sets.
  • the identity set may be determined as the second identity set.
  • the second identity set can be determined from the multiple identity sets, or an identity set can be selected from the multiple identity sets, and the selected identity set can be The set is determined as the second identification set, or the union or intersection of the plurality of identification sets can be determined as the second identification set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including:
  • the first terminal determines a second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set.
  • the first terminal determines the second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set, including: the first terminal determines the second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; the second positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the second positioning method may include one or more positioning methods.
  • the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: round trip time RTT positioning method, multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference (RSTD) positioning method, arrival Time Difference Of Arrival (TDOA) positioning method, Observed Time Difference Of Arrival (OTDOA) positioning method, Angle of Departure (AOD) positioning method, Angle of Arrival (AOA) positioning method .
  • RSTD reference signal time difference
  • TDOA arrival Time Difference Of Arrival
  • OTDOA Observed Time Difference Of Arrival
  • AOD Angle of Departure
  • AOA Angle of Arrival
  • the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: round trip time RTT positioning method, multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, time of arrival difference TDOA positioning method, observed arrival Time difference OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method.
  • the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
  • the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
  • the first positioning method and the second positioning method may be the same or different or partially the same.
  • the first positioning method includes a multi-RTT positioning method
  • the second positioning method includes a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method.
  • the first positioning method may be any one of the above-listed positioning methods, or a combination of at least two of the above-listed positioning methods.
  • the first positioning method may be a multi-RTT positioning method and an AOA positioning method.
  • the second positioning method may be a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method.
  • the first terminal and/or the second terminal can respectively determine the position information and/or the corresponding position information of the at least two first terminals based on the at least two positioning methods.
  • the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal determining the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the location information of at least two first terminals and/or the location information of at least two second terminals.
  • the average value, maximum value, minimum value, median, etc. of the location information of at least two first terminals and/or the location information of at least two second terminals may be determined as the location information of the first terminal and /or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including one of the following:
  • the second positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method
  • the second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method;
  • the second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
  • the second positioning method includes the multi-RTT positioning method
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal needs to feedback to the second terminal The first positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal may determine at least three positioning reference signals (including the first positioning reference signal) based on the time at which the second positioning reference signal is sent and the time at which the positioning reference signals (including the first positioning reference signal) received by at least three terminals (including the first terminal) are respectively fed back. Location information of each terminal among the terminals and/or location information of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the second identity set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set according to at least one of the following: The first identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the information sent by the second terminal.
  • the first identity selected from the second identity set may be the same as the first positioning reference signal is not used to respond to the second positioning reference signal.
  • the first identifier selected from the second identifier set is the same.
  • the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the second identifier set based on the first information
  • the first terminal determines the multiple identifiers from the multiple identifiers based on the second information. the first identifier;
  • the first information is part of the third information;
  • the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • Resource information of positioning reference signals includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • the second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to at least one of the following: The identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, The second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the first identifier selected from the predetermined identifier set may be the same as the first positioning reference signal is not used in response to the second positioning reference signal.
  • the first identifiers selected from the predetermined identifier set are the same or different.
  • the identity of the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • C-RNTI Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the identity of the second terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Part or all of the C-RNTI of the second terminal part or all of the group identifier of the communication group to which the second terminal belongs, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group of the second terminal, all Part or all of the Layer 2 source target identifier of the second terminal, and part or all of the Layer 2 destination identifier of the second terminal.
  • the identifier of the first terminal and/or the identifier of the second terminal may be all of the above-mentioned identifiers, or the identifier of the first terminal and/or the identifier of the second terminal may be part of the above-mentioned identifiers.
  • the identification of the first terminal and/or the identification of the second terminal may be a predetermined number of bits.
  • the identity of the first terminal may be an identity corresponding to a preset number of bits in the C-RNTI of the first terminal.
  • the identity of the first terminal may be the identity corresponding to the highest preset number of bits in the C-RNTI of the first terminal, or the identity corresponding to the lowest preset number of bits, or a randomly selected preset number of bits. corresponding identification.
  • the identifier corresponding to the preset number of bits may be continuous, non-continuous, or partially continuous.
  • the resource information includes at least one of the following: time domain resource information, frequency domain resource information, and frequency layer information.
  • the frequency layer information may be called positioning frequency layer (Positioning Frequency Layer) information.
  • the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may represent resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal.
  • the resource information of the second positioning reference signal may represent resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal.
  • the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may include at least one of the following: time domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, frequency domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, Frequency layer information of the first positioning reference signal.
  • the resource information of the second positioning reference signal may include at least one of the following: time domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal, frequency domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal, Frequency layer information of the second positioning reference signal.
  • the time domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal and the time domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal may have the same or different symbols in the time slot.
  • the frequency domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal and the frequency domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal may be the same or different.
  • the frequency layer information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal may be the same as or different from the frequency layer information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal.
  • the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may be agreed by the first terminal according to the protocol, or may be determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration, or may be configured by the network device, or may be configured by the second terminal. , or may be configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal, or may be determined independently by the first terminal.
  • the resource information of the second positioning reference signal may be agreed by the second terminal according to the protocol, or may be determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration, or may be configured by the network device, or may be configured by the first terminal. , or may be configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal, or may be determined independently by the second terminal.
  • the time domain resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, and repetition period information. , repetition number information, interval information between repeated positioning reference signals, time slot offset information, symbol offset information.
  • the frequency domain resource information includes at least one of the following: bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, and starting resource element RE offset information.
  • the frequency layer information includes at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth spacing, resource unit spacing ( Resource Element Spacing).
  • the resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, repetition period information, Repeat number information, interval information between repeated positioning reference signals, time slot offset information, symbol offset information, bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, starting resource element RE offset information, subcarrier spacing, cycle Prefix, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth interval, resource unit interval.
  • the time unit information may be time domain resource information.
  • the time unit information includes at least one of the following: time slot information (such as time slot index) in which the positioning reference signal (including the first positioning reference signal or the second positioning reference signal) is located, the time slot occupied by the positioning reference signal in the time slot
  • the first OFDM symbol position information for example, the first OFDM symbol index
  • the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the positioning reference signal for example, the first OFDM symbol index
  • the time unit may include at least one of the following: one or more frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots, and one or more symbols.
  • the time unit may be a time slot.
  • the position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit may include: the position information of the first symbol occupied in the time slot.
  • the positioning reference signal (including the first positioning reference signal or the second positioning reference signal) may be repeatedly transmitted, for example, may be repeatedly transmitted in the time domain or in the frequency domain.
  • the repetition period information can be the repetition period of the repeatedly transmitted positioning reference signal
  • the repetition number information can be the number of repetitions of the repeatedly transmitted positioning reference signal
  • the interval information between repeated positioning reference signals can be the interval for repeated transmission of positioning reference signals.
  • the cyclic prefix (CP) may include a normal CP (normal CP) or an extended CP (extended CP).
  • the cyclic prefix of the positioning reference signal may include: the CP in the time slot used for transmitting the positioning reference signal is a normal CP or an extended CP.
  • the bandwidth may include: a bandwidth used to transmit the positioning reference signal, or a system bandwidth.
  • PointA information may include PointA location information.
  • the PointA location information may be the center location information of subcarrier 0 of Common Resource Block (CRB) 0.
  • CRB Common Resource Block
  • the resource information used to transmit the positioning reference signal may be comb resources.
  • the resource unit interval may represent the time domain interval and/or frequency domain interval between two resource units used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
  • the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, including:
  • the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the predetermined identifier set based on the first information
  • the first terminal determines the first identifier from the multiple identifiers based on the second information
  • the first information is part of the third information;
  • the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • Resource information of positioning reference signals includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • the second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
  • the first terminal determines from the set of identities based on the identity of the first terminal.
  • the first identifier is determined among the plurality of identifiers.
  • the first terminal determines whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the first positioning reference signal.
  • the second positioning reference signal sent by the two terminals determines the first identity from at least two identities.
  • the second identification and the first identification are the same.
  • the second identification and the first identification have a functional relationship.
  • the second identity can be determined according to the following formula:
  • the first identifier can be determined according to the following formula: in, Represents the second identifier; Represents the first identifier; f1() and f2() represent functional relationships.
  • the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by the protocol; or the predetermined identity set is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device ; Or, the predetermined identification set is configured by the second terminal; or the predetermined identification set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the method includes:
  • the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to the first identifier in the predetermined identifier set.
  • both the first terminal and the second terminal may pre-configure a predetermined identity set.
  • the first positioning reference signal is used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may be determined based on the sending time and/or receiving time of the first positioning reference signal, or based on time domain information when sending and/or time domain information when receiving the first positioning reference signal. location information and/or location information of the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or based on the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and/or the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal. Location information of the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may send the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal, and the second terminal may send the second positioning reference signal based on the time and/or receive the second positioning reference signal.
  • the time to the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal determine the location information of the first terminal and/or Location information of the second terminal.
  • the time when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal and/or the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal may be sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may also send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may send parameters for determining location information to the first terminal (for example, the time at which the positioning reference signal is sent and/or received), so that the first terminal can determine the location information of the first terminal based on the parameters. and/or the location information of the second terminal, so that the second terminal can receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may send a measurement result based on the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal, and the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the measurement result.
  • the second terminal may send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal, so that the first terminal determines the first positioning reference signal according to the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal.
  • the reception time of the signal determines the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal, or so that the first terminal determines the location information of the first terminal according to the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and/or the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal may also receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal.
  • the first positioning reference signal may be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • location information and/or measurement results can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal determining, based on the first positioning reference signal, whether to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may determine to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, or the second terminal may determine to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal according to the first positioning reference signal. , determining not to feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may determine the position of the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal. information and/or location information of the second terminal.
  • the third positioning reference signal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
  • the second terminal does not feedback the feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • a third positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal In the case where the first positioning signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the second terminal does not feedback the feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the first positioning method sent by the first terminal.
  • positioning reference signal the first positioning reference signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, and the second terminal determines not to feed back the third positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
  • the second terminal determines that the first positioning reference signal corresponds to first identification
  • the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification
  • the second terminal feeds back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal;
  • the second terminal does not feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal
  • the first positioning signal is a signal actively sent by the first terminal to the first terminal. The signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the second terminal may determine the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the above formula (1) to formula (5).
  • the implementation in which the second terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal may be the same as in the above embodiment, in which the first terminal determines the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal. Identification is implemented similarly.
  • the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including at least one of the following:
  • the first positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method
  • the first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method;
  • the first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
  • the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, including at least one of the following: the first positioning method includes: round trip time RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, arrival Time difference TDOA positioning method, observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method.
  • the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, including: the first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a network device-based positioning method.
  • the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier, including: the second terminal determines that the first identifier belongs to a first identifier set; the second terminal Determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set.
  • the first identification set may include one or more identification sets.
  • the second terminal may determine the one identification set as the first identification set.
  • the second terminal may determine the multiple identity sets as the first identity set, or the second terminal may determine an identity from the multiple identity sets. sets, and determines a determined identity set as the first identity set, or the second terminal may determine the intersection or union of multiple identity sets as the first identity set.
  • the first identification set may correspond to one positioning method or multiple positioning methods.
  • the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set, including: the second terminal determines the third positioning method corresponding to the first identification set according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the first terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the second terminal after the second terminal actively sends the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal, the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set
  • the second terminal sends a second positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the second identification.
  • the second terminal may determine the second positioning reference signal according to the second identifier; the second terminal sends the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal may include: the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the second terminal can send the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal. 2. Positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal may include: the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal in a unicast manner.
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from the predetermined identity set in a manner similar to the way the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, and the second terminal determines the description of the second identity from the predetermined identity set,
  • the description of the first identification may be determined with reference to the first terminal from the predetermined identification set.
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the second terminal obtains a second positioning method; the second terminal obtains a second positioning method from the second positioning method according to the second positioning method.
  • the second identification is determined from a predetermined identification set.
  • the predetermined set of identities includes at least one set of identities
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second positioning method, including:
  • the second terminal determines a second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method; wherein the second identification set is included in the at least one identification set;
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set.
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set, including: the second terminal randomly determines the second identity from the second identity set.
  • the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set, including: the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set according to at least one of the following: The second identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the second positioning reference signal is used to respond to a certain signal sent by the first terminal.
  • the second identification the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the second positioning reference signal is used to respond to a certain signal sent by the first terminal.
  • the second terminal determines the second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method, including:
  • the second terminal determines the second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; The second positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the second terminal obtains the second positioning method, including:
  • the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to preconfiguration; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to network device configuration information. the second positioning method; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the first terminal and the second terminal. Information configured by other terminals determines the second positioning method.
  • the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, an arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, an observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, arrival angle AOA positioning method.
  • the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, an arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, an observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method.
  • the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the first terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes:
  • the network device configures a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  • the description about the predetermined identification set can be understood with reference to the description of the above embodiments.
  • the network device may send the preset identity set in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the network device configures the predetermined identity set to the first terminal, or the network device may send the predetermined identity set to the first terminal in a unicast manner. .
  • the predetermined identity set may be carried in system messages, downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • RRC signaling MAC CE
  • the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the at least one identification set includes a first identification set, and the first identification set includes the first identification;
  • the first identification set corresponds to the first positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the method further includes: the network device configuring the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method to the first terminal.
  • the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method may be carried in system messages, DCI, RRC signaling or MAC CE.
  • the embodiment of this application provides how to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier (including the above-mentioned first identification and/or second identification) method.
  • multiple positioning reference signal sequence identification sets (corresponding to the above-mentioned predetermined identification sets) can be configured, and different positioning reference signal sequence identification sets are suitable for different positioning methods.
  • Each positioning reference signal sequence identifier set includes one or more positioning reference signal sequence identifiers; when the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set contains a positioning reference signal sequence identifier, the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set can also be represented as the positioning reference Signal sequence identifier.
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identification set and the positioning method have a corresponding relationship, and the corresponding relationship is preconfigured or configured by the network.
  • the first terminal obtains first information and determines a first positioning method based on the first information; the first terminal obtains second information and determines a relationship between the positioning method and the positioning reference signal sequence identification set based on the second information.
  • the first terminal determines a set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers according to the first positioning method and the corresponding relationship, and the first terminal determines a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier (corresponding to the above-mentioned first identifier) from the set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers. ). For example, the first terminal randomly selects a positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the positioning reference signal sequence set as the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier.
  • the first terminal determines the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set according to at least one of the following: the identifier of the first terminal, the identifier of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal and determines the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the positioning reference signal (corresponding to the above-mentioned second identifier); the first terminal obtains the second information , determine the corresponding relationship between the positioning method and the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set according to the second information; the first terminal determines the positioning method according to the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the corresponding relationship. Further, the first terminal may determine whether it is necessary to send the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the positioning method. For example, if the positioning method is the Multi-RTT method, the first terminal determines to send the first positioning reference signal; if the positioning method is the RSTD or TDOA method, the first terminal determines not to send the first positioning reference signal.
  • the positioning method is the Multi-RTT method
  • the first terminal determines to send the first positioning reference signal
  • the positioning method is the RSTD or TDOA method
  • the first terminal determines not to send the first positioning reference signal.
  • multiple positioning reference signal sequence identification sets may be configured, including a first positioning reference signal sequence identification set and a second positioning reference signal sequence identification set, wherein the first positioning reference signal sequence identification set is suitable for based on In the positioning of network equipment, the second positioning reference signal sequence identification set is suitable for terminal-based positioning.
  • a third positioning reference signal sequence identifier set may also be included, and the third positioning reference signal sequence identifier set is suitable for a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
  • the third positioning reference signal sequence identification set may be the intersection or union of the first positioning reference signal sequence identification set and the second positioning reference signal sequence identification set.
  • the positioning based on the network device means that the sending end or the receiving end of the positioning reference signal is a network device; the positioning based on the terminal means that the sending end or the receiving end of the positioning reference signal are both terminals.
  • the transmitter or receiver of the positioning reference signal based on the combination of network equipment and terminals can be either a network equipment or a terminal.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of positioning based on network devices provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • three network devices send positioning reference signals to the target terminal (for example, the first terminal or the second terminal mentioned above).
  • the target terminal may determine the location information of the target terminal and/or the location information of the target terminal relative to the three network devices according to the positioning reference signal. For example, the target terminal can determine the location information based on the time when the positioning reference signal is sent and the time when it is received.
  • the position can also be determined by positioning reference signals sent by four or more network devices. Location.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of terminal-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • three terminals can send positioning reference signals to the target terminal, and the target terminal can determine the location information of the target terminal based on the positioning reference signal. and/or the location information of the target terminal relative to the three terminals.
  • the target terminal can determine the location information based on the time when the positioning reference signal is sent and the time when it is received.
  • FIG. 16 shows that the position is determined through positioning reference signals sent by three terminals, in other embodiments, the position can also be determined through positioning reference signals sent by four or more terminals.
  • Methods for positioning terminals include network device-based positioning methods, terminal-based positioning methods, and methods that combine network device-based positioning methods and terminal-based positioning methods (i.e., the above-mentioned positioning method based on a combination of network equipment and terminals) ), a corresponding positioning reference signal sequence identifier set can be configured for at least one of the three methods, which can enable the terminal to determine whether to send a corresponding positioning reference signal based on the detected positioning reference signal sequence identifier.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram for determining whether to feed back a positioning reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • some terminals in the system are configured to use a positioning method based on network equipment, such as the first terminal; some terminals are Configured as a terminal-based positioning method, such as a third terminal; both the first terminal and the third terminal adopt a Multi-RTT-based positioning method.
  • the first terminal obtains the first information, determines a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set (which may correspond to the first identifier set) based on the network device positioning method based on the first information, and selects the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier ( Corresponding to the above-mentioned first identifier), generate a first positioning reference signal according to the identifier, and send the first positioning reference signal to the network device and the second terminal.
  • the first terminal may broadcast or multicast the first positioning reference signal.
  • the third terminal acquires the second information, determines a second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the terminal positioning method based on the second information, selects a fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifier set therefrom, and generates a fourth positioning reference signal based on the identifier, Send the fourth positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
  • the third terminal may broadcast or multicast the fourth positioning reference signal. It should be noted that although Figure 17 shows the third terminal sending the fourth positioning reference signal to the second terminal, in other embodiments, the third terminal can also send the fourth terminal not shown in Figure 17, The fifth terminal, network equipment, etc. send the fourth positioning reference signal.
  • the second terminal detects the first positioning reference signal and the fourth positioning reference signal, determines the corresponding first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifier, and combines the first information and the second information (where the first information including: a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the network device positioning method; the second information includes: a second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the terminal positioning method), determining the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and The fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifiers respectively belong to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set and the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set, and these two sets respectively correspond to network device-based positioning and terminal-based positioning.
  • the second terminal determines to send the fifth positioning reference signal to the third terminal (optionally, the fifth positioning reference signal may be sent in a unicast manner) in response to the fourth positioning reference signal of the third terminal, And no positioning reference signal is fed back to the first terminal.
  • the third terminal may determine the location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the third terminal based on the time of sending the fourth positioning reference signal and/or the time of receiving the fifth positioning reference signal.
  • the location information of the second terminal includes the current location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal relative to the third terminal; the location information of the third terminal includes the current location information of the third terminal and/or Location information of the third terminal relative to the second terminal.
  • the sixth positioning reference signal may be fed back to the first terminal (optionally, the sixth positioning reference signal may be transmitted through unicast (sent in a manner), so that the first terminal determines the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the network device based on the time when the first positioning reference signal is sent and/or the time when the sixth positioning reference signal is received.
  • the location information of the first terminal includes the current location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the first terminal relative to the network device; the location information of the network device includes the current location information of the network device and/or the location information of the network device relative to Location information of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal.
  • the third positioning reference signal needs to be fed back to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal may be configured as a terminal-based positioning method, or configured as a positioning method based on a combination of the network device and the terminal, and the second terminal may broadcast or multicast the second positioning reference signal.
  • the first terminal needs to feed back the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
  • the third terminal may determine the fourth positioning reference signal in a manner similar to the first terminal determining the first positioning reference signal; the second terminal may determine the fifth positioning reference signal in a manner similar to the second terminal determining the third positioning reference signal.
  • the method of positioning the reference signal is similar.
  • the terminal obtains a set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers, which includes N positioning reference signal sequence identifiers, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal is based on the following information Determine at least one of the positioning reference signal sequence identifiers: terminal identification information, resource information of the positioning reference signal to be sent, resource information of the received positioning reference signal, and whether the second positioning reference signal to be sent is used to respond to the received positioning reference signal.
  • the first positioning reference signal and the positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the received positioning reference signal.
  • the terminal identity includes at least one of the following: cell wireless network temporary identity C-RNTI, group identity of the communication group where the terminal is located, group identity of the terminal in the communication group, layer 2 source target identity, layer 2 destination identity ( Destination ID).
  • the terminal identification information may be all or part of the identification information of one or more terminal identifications listed above.
  • the terminal identification information includes a partial bit sequence of the terminal identification.
  • the resource information includes at least one of the following:
  • Time domain resource information of the positioning reference signal (such as at least one of the following: the time slot information where the positioning reference signal is located, the position information of the first OFDM symbol occupied by the positioning reference signal in the time slot, the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the positioning reference signal Information, the repetition period information of the positioning reference signal, the repetition number information of the positioning reference signal; the time domain interval information of two adjacent repeated positioning reference signals; time slot offset information; symbol offset information);
  • Frequency domain resource information of the positioning reference signal (such as at least one of the following: the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal PRS, the starting PRB information of the PRS, and the starting RE offset information of the PRS);
  • Locate frequency layer information which is used to indicate at least one of the following: PRS subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, resource bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb size or resource unit spacing.
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identity may be determined based on the terminal identity. For example, in order to locate the first terminal, the first terminal and several other terminals or Road Side Units (Road Side Unit, RSU) form a communication group, and the first terminal determines or The intra-group identification information within the communication group determines the positioning reference signal sequence identification.
  • RSU Road Side Unit
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identifier may be determined based on resources of the positioning reference signal. For example, the first terminal obtains the first information and determines the positioning reference signal resource according to the first information, that is, the transmission resource used to transmit the positioning reference signal; the first terminal determines the positioning reference signal according to the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource information of the positioning reference signal. Determine one or more positioning reference signal sequence identifiers; if multiple positioning reference signal sequence identifiers are determined, further, the first terminal determines a positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the multiple positioning reference signal sequence identifiers based on other information. Other information is, for example, terminal identification information.
  • the positioning reference signal sequence identifier may be determined based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the received positioning reference signal sequence.
  • the first terminal receives a second positioning reference signal sent by another terminal, and the first terminal needs to send a first positioning reference signal in response to the second positioning reference signal.
  • the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier can be based on The second positioning reference signal sequence identifier is determined.
  • the second positioning reference signal sequence corresponds to the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier; the first positioning reference signal sequence corresponds to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier, and the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier has a corresponding relationship with the second positioning reference signal sequence.
  • the two positioning reference signal sequence identifiers are the same; or the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier have a functional relationship, that is, it can be determined based on the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the functional relationship.
  • the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier, or the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier can be determined according to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the functional relationship.
  • the second identity can be determined according to the following formula:
  • the first identifier can be determined according to the following formula: in, Represents the second identifier; Represents the first identifier; f1() and f2() represent functional relationships.
  • the embodiments of this application provide a method for the first terminal to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier based on the positioning method, terminal identification, positioning signal transmission resources and other information, so that the terminal can determine the corresponding positioning reference signal identifier.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application.
  • the implementation of the examples does not constitute any limitations.
  • the terms “downlink”, “uplink” and “sidelink” are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, where “downlink” is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is from the station.
  • uplink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction from the user equipment of the cell to the site
  • sidelink is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is A third direction sent from User Device 1 to User Device 2.
  • downlink signal indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term “and/or” is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 can be applied to the first terminal.
  • the communication device 1800 includes: a determining unit 1801 for determining from a predetermined identifier A first identifier is determined in the set; the communication unit 1802 is configured to send a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: obtain a first positioning method; and determine the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the first positioning method.
  • the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method; wherein the first identification set includes the The first identifier is determined from the first identifier set in the at least one identifier set.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the first identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine from the first identifier set according to at least one of the following: The first identification is determined in an identification set: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the The second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the at least one identification set and at least Correspondence between one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the second terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first positioning method according to protocol agreement; or determine the first positioning method according to preconfiguration; or determine the first positioning method according to network device configuration information.
  • the communication unit 1802 is further configured to: receive a second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: according to the second positioning reference signal, determine the predetermined identifier from the second positioning reference signal. The first identifier is determined in the set.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal; and determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second identifier.
  • the predetermined identity set includes at least one identity set; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second identity set to which the second identity belongs; the second identity set is included in the at least one identity set. in the identification set; determining the first identification from the second identification set.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set; when the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, from the The first identifier is determined from the second identifier set.
  • the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, a time difference of arrival TDOA positioning method, Observe the arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, and arrival angle AOA positioning method.
  • the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
  • the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including one of the following: the second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method; the second positioning method includes: a multi- RTT positioning method, and terminal-based positioning method; the second positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method, and positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the second identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine from the first identifier set according to at least one of the following: Determine the first identifier from a set of two identifiers: the identifier of the first terminal, the identifier of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the request.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier according to at least one of the following: Determine the first identification in the set: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the first positioning reference signal.
  • the identity of the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
  • Part or all of the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the first terminal part or all of the group identification of the communication group to which the first terminal belongs, and part or all of the group identification of the communication group of the first terminal.
  • Part or all of the Layer 2 source identification of the first terminal part or all of the Layer 2 destination identification of the first terminal.
  • the identity of the second terminal includes at least one of the following: part or all of the C-RNTI of the second terminal, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group to which the second terminal belongs. , part or all of the intra-group identification of the second terminal in the communication group, part or all of the layer 2 source and destination identification of the second terminal, part or all of the layer 2 destination identification of the second terminal, or all.
  • the resource information includes at least one of the following: time domain resource information, frequency domain resource information, and frequency layer information.
  • the time domain resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, repetition period information, and repetition number information. , the interval information, time slot offset information, and symbol offset information between repeated positioning reference signals;
  • the frequency domain resource information includes at least one of the following: bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, starting resource element RE offset information;
  • the frequency layer information includes at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth spacing, and resource unit spacing.
  • the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: when the first terminal determines multiple identities from the predetermined identity set based on the first information, determine the multiple identities from the plurality of identities based on the second information. Determine the first identifier among the identifiers;
  • the first information is part of the third information;
  • the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • Resource information of positioning reference signals includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2.
  • the second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
  • the second identifier is the same as the first identifier; or,
  • the second identification and the first identification have a functional relationship.
  • the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the second terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 can be applied to the second terminal.
  • the communication device 1900 includes:
  • the communication unit 1901 is configured to receive a first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to a first identifier in a predetermined identifier set.
  • the communication device 1900 further includes: a determining unit 1902, configured to determine resources (including time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources) for receiving the first positioning reference signal.
  • the communication unit 1901 is also configured to receive the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal according to the determined resource of the first positioning reference signal.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: determine whether to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: when the first positioning signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, not to The first terminal feeds back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: in the case where the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the The second terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal; the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier;
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: when the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal feeds back the positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal. a third positioning reference signal; or, when the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal does not feed back the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the third positioning reference signal of the signal is further configured to: when the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal feeds back the positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine that the first identifier belongs to a first identifier set; and determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier set.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the at least one identification set and at least Correspondence between one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the first terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to determine a second identity from a predetermined identity set; the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: send a second positioning reference to the first terminal according to the second identity. Signal.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: obtain a second positioning method; and determine the second identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second positioning method.
  • the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine the second positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or determine the second positioning method according to the preconfiguration; or determine the second positioning method according to the network device configuration information. Two positioning methods; or, determine the second positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or determine the second positioning method according to the information configured by the first terminal and other terminals other than the second terminal. method.
  • the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, a time difference of arrival TDOA positioning method, Observe the arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, and arrival angle AOA positioning method.
  • the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the first terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the communication device 2000 can be applied to network equipment.
  • the communication device 2000 includes:
  • Communication unit 2001 configured to configure a predetermined identification set to the first terminal; the predetermined identification set includes a first identification, and the first identification is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal. .
  • the communication device 2000 further includes: a determining unit 2002, configured to determine a predetermined identity set.
  • the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the at least one identification set includes a first identification set, and the first identification set includes the first identification;
  • the first identification set corresponds to the first positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  • the communication unit 2001 is further configured to configure the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method to the first terminal.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2100 may include one of the following: a first terminal, a second terminal, or a network device.
  • the communication device 2100 shown in Figure 21 may include a processor 2110 and a memory 2120.
  • the memory 2120 stores a computer program that can be run on the processor 2110.
  • the processor 2110 executes the program, any of the above embodiments can be implemented. communication methods.
  • the memory 2120 may be a separate device independent of the processor 2110, or may be integrated in the processor 2110.
  • the communication device 2100 may also include a transceiver 2130, and the processor 2110 may control the transceiver 2130 to communicate with other devices, specifically, may send information or data to other devices, or Receive information or data from other devices.
  • the transceiver 2130 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 2130 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 2100 may be the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 2100 may implement the first terminal, the second terminal in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the corresponding process implemented by the second terminal or network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer storage medium that stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs can be executed by one or more processors to implement any implementation of the present application. Communication method in the example.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the first terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process implemented by the terminal, the second terminal or the network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 2200 shown in Figure 22 includes a processor 2210.
  • the processor 2210 is used to call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in any embodiment of the present application.
  • chip 2200 may also include memory 2220.
  • the processor 2210 can call and run the computer program from the memory 2220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 2220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 2210, or may be integrated into the processor 2210.
  • the chip 2200 may also include an input interface 2230.
  • the processor 2210 can control the input interface 2230 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 2200 may also include an output interface 2240.
  • the processor 2210 can control the output interface 2240 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process of network device implementation will not be described again here.
  • chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer storage medium.
  • the computer storage medium stores a computer program.
  • the computer program includes instructions that can be executed by at least one processor. When the When the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the communication method in any embodiment of the present application is implemented.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to perform the various methods in the embodiments of the present application by the first terminal. , the corresponding process implemented by the second terminal or network device will not be repeated here for the sake of simplicity.
  • the computer program product in the embodiment of this application may also be called a software product in other embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, which causes a computer to execute the communication method in any embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to perform various methods in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the corresponding process implemented by the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
  • the processor, communication device or chip in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor, communication device or chip may include the integration of any one or more of the following: general-purpose processor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), digital Digital Signal Processing Device (DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), Central Processing Unit (CPU), graphics Processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU), embedded neural network processing units (NPU), controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete Hardware components.
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • DSP digital Signal Processor
  • DSPD digital Digital Signal Processing Device
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM ESDRAM
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM) or dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM).
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous link dynamic random access memory synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus, a device, a storage medium, a chip, a product, and a program. The method comprises: a first terminal determines a first identifier from a predetermined identifier set; and the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to a second terminal according to the first identifier.

Description

通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序Communication methods, devices, equipment, storage media, chips, products and programs 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序。The embodiments of this application relate to the field of mobile communication technology, and specifically relate to a communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, chip, product and program.
背景技术Background technique
无线定位技术是利用无线通信网络,通过对接收到的无线电波的一些参数进行测量,根据特定的算法对某一终端在某一时间内所处的位置进行测定,以便为终端用户提供相关的位置信息服务或进行实时的监测和跟踪。Wireless positioning technology uses wireless communication networks to measure some parameters of received radio waves and determine the location of a terminal within a certain period of time according to a specific algorithm in order to provide relevant location information to the end user. Information services or real-time monitoring and tracking.
终端可以发送定位参考信号,以使接收到定位参考信号的设备对终端的位置进行确定。然而,终端如何确定发送的定位参考信号,是本领域没有考虑过的问题。The terminal may send a positioning reference signal so that the device that receives the positioning reference signal determines the location of the terminal. However, how the terminal determines the transmitted positioning reference signal is an issue that has not been considered in this field.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、装置、设备、存储介质、芯片、产品及程序。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, equipment, storage medium, chip, product and program.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;The first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set;
所述第一终端根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。The first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。The second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to the first identifier in the predetermined identifier set.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,所述方法包括:In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which method includes:
网络设备向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。The network device configures a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including:
确定单元,用于从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;a determining unit, configured to determine the first identity from the predetermined identity set;
通信单元,用于根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。The communication unit is configured to send a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identification.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including:
通信单元,用于接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。A communication unit, configured to receive a first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to a first identifier in a predetermined identifier set.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,包括:In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including:
通信单元,用于向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。A communication unit configured to configure a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信设备,包括:处理器和存储器,In a seventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device, including: a processor and a memory,
所述存储器存储有可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,the memory stores a computer program executable on the processor,
所述处理器执行所述程序时实现第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述方法。When the processor executes the program, the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect is implemented.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有一个或者多个程序,所述一个或者多个程序可被一个或者多个处理器执行,以实现第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述方法。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer storage medium that stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs can be executed by one or more processors to implement the first aspect. , the method described in the second aspect or the third aspect.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现如第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述方法。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a chip, including: a processor configured to call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当所述指令由所述至少一个处理器执行时实现第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述方法。In a tenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer storage medium. The computer storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program includes instructions that can be executed by at least one processor. When When the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the method of the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect is implemented.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如第一方面、第二方面或第三方面所述方法。In an eleventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program, which causes a computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中,第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;所述第一终端根据所述第一标识, 向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。这样,第一终端可以根据从预定标识集合中确定的第一标识,确定向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号,从而,第一终端能够确定向第二设备发送的第一定位参考信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal determines a first identifier from a predetermined identifier set; the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the first identifier. In this way, the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second terminal based on the first identifier determined from the predetermined identifier set, so that the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second device.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the present application and constitute a part of the present application. The illustrative embodiments of the present application and their descriptions are used to explain the present application and do not constitute an improper limitation of the present application. In the attached picture:
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种网络覆盖内侧行通信的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of intranet communication within network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种部分网络覆盖侧行通信的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of side-link communication with partial network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种网络覆盖外侧行通信的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of network coverage outside line communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种有中央控制节点的侧行通信的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of side communication with a central control node provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单播传输方式的示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a unicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种组播传输方式的示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a multicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种广播传输方式的示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a broadcast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的PSSCH DMRS频域位置示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the PSSCH DMRS frequency domain position provided by the embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of yet another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种基于网络设备的定位的示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of network device-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种基于终端的定位的示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of terminal-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种确定是否反馈定位参考信号的示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram for determining whether to feed back a positioning reference signal according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构组成示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构组成示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构组成示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative efforts fall within the scope of protection of this application.
本申请实施例所记载的技术方案之间,在不冲突的情况下,可以任意组合。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。The technical solutions described in the embodiments of this application can be combined arbitrarily as long as there is no conflict. In the description of this application, "plurality" means two or more than two, unless otherwise explicitly and specifically limited.
在侧行通信中,根据进行通信的终端设备所处的网络覆盖情况,可以分为网络覆盖内侧行通信、部分网络覆盖侧行通信、网络覆盖外侧行通信、以及有中央控制节点的侧行通信,分别如图1至图4所示。In side communication, according to the network coverage of the communicating terminal equipment, it can be divided into side communication within the network coverage, side communication with partial network coverage, side communication outside the network coverage, and side communication with a central control node. , as shown in Figures 1 to 4 respectively.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种网络覆盖内侧行通信的示意图,如图1所示,在网络覆盖内侧行通信中,所有进行侧行通信的终端设备均处于同一网络设备的覆盖范围内,从而,上述终端设备均可以通过接收网络设备的配置信令,基于相同的侧行配置进行侧行通信。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a side communication within a network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 1, in the side communication within a network coverage, all terminal devices performing side communication are within the coverage of the same network device. , thus, the above-mentioned terminal devices can all perform side-link communication based on the same side-link configuration by receiving the configuration signaling of the network device.
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种部分网络覆盖侧行通信的示意图,如图2所示,在部分网络覆盖侧行通信情况下,部分进行侧行通信的终端设备位于网络设备的覆盖范围内,这部分终端设备能够接收到网络设备的配置信令,而且根据网络设备的配置进行侧行通信。而位于网络覆盖范围外的终端设备,无法接收网络设备的配置信令,在这种情况下,网络覆盖范围外的终端设备将根据预配置(pre-configuration)信息及位于网络覆盖范围内的终端设备发送的物理侧行广播信道(Physical Sidelink Broadcast CHannel,PSBCH)中携带的信息确定侧行配置,进行侧行通信。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of side communication with partial network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 2, in the case of side communication with partial network coverage, some terminal devices performing side communication are located within the coverage of the network equipment. Within, this part of the terminal equipment can receive the configuration signaling of the network equipment, and perform side communication according to the configuration of the network equipment. The terminal device located outside the network coverage cannot receive the configuration signaling of the network device. In this case, the terminal device outside the network coverage will use the pre-configuration information and the terminal located within the network coverage. The information carried in the Physical Sidelink Broadcast CHannel (PSBCH) sent by the device determines the sidelink configuration and performs sidelink communication.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种网络覆盖外侧行通信的示意图,如图3所示,对于网络覆盖外侧行通信,所有进行侧行通信的终端设备均位于网络覆盖范围外,所有终端设备均可以根据预配置信息确定侧行配置进行侧行通信。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of side-line communication outside network coverage provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, for side-line communication outside network coverage, all terminal devices performing side-line communication are located outside the network coverage. The side-link configuration can be determined based on the pre-configuration information for side-link communication.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种有中央控制节点的侧行通信的示意图,如图4所示,对于有中央控 制节点的侧行通信,多个终端设备(例如,终端设备1-3)构成一个通信组,该通信组内具有中央控制节点,又可以成为组头(Cluster Header,CH)终端设备,该中央控制节点具有以下至少之一的功能:负责通信组的建立、组成员的加入和/或离开、进行资源协调、为其他终端设备分配侧行传输资源、接收其他终端设备的侧行反馈信息、与其他通信组进行资源协调等功能。Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of side communication with a central control node provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, for side communication with a central control node, multiple terminal devices (for example, terminal devices 1-3 ) constitutes a communication group. The communication group has a central control node, which can also become a cluster head (Cluster Header, CH) terminal device. The central control node has at least one of the following functions: responsible for the establishment of the communication group, the Functions such as joining and/or leaving, resource coordination, allocating side-link transmission resources to other terminal devices, receiving side-link feedback information from other terminal devices, and resource coordination with other communication groups.
设备到设备通信是基于设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)的一种侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)传输技术,与传统的蜂窝系统中通信数据通过网络设备接收或者发送的方式不同,设备到设备通信具有更高的频谱效率以及更低的传输时延。车联网系统采用设备到设备通信直接通信的方式,在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)定义了两种传输模式:第一模式和第二模式。Device-to-device communication is a Sidelink (SL) transmission technology based on Device to Device (D2D). It is different from the way communication data is received or sent through network devices in traditional cellular systems. Devices Communication to the device has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay. The Internet of Vehicles system uses direct communication from device to device. The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) defines two transmission modes: the first mode and the second mode.
第一模式:终端设备的传输资源可以是由网络设备分配的,终端设备可以根据网络设备分配的资源在侧行链路上进行数据的发送;网络设备可以为终端设备分配单次传输的资源,也可以为终端设备分配半静态传输的资源。如图1中,终端设备位于网络覆盖范围内,网络为终端设备分配侧行传输使用的传输资源。First mode: The transmission resources of the terminal device can be allocated by the network device, and the terminal device can send data on the sidelink according to the resources allocated by the network device; the network device can allocate resources for a single transmission to the terminal device, Semi-static transmission resources can also be allocated to terminal devices. As shown in Figure 1, the terminal device is located within the network coverage, and the network allocates transmission resources for sidelink transmission to the terminal device.
第二模式:终端设备可以在资源池中选取一个资源进行数据的传输。如图3中,终端设备位于小区覆盖范围外,终端设备可以在预配置的资源池中自主选取传输资源进行侧行传输;或者在图1中,终端设备可以在网络配置的资源池中自主选取传输资源进行侧行传输。Second mode: The terminal device can select a resource in the resource pool for data transmission. As shown in Figure 3, the terminal device is located outside the cell coverage, and the terminal device can independently select transmission resources from the preconfigured resource pool for side transmission; or in Figure 1, the terminal device can independently select from the network configured resource pool. Transmission resources for sideline transmission.
第二模式资源选择按照以下两个步骤进行:Second mode resource selection follows the following two steps:
步骤1:终端设备将资源选择窗内所有的可用资源作为资源集合A。Step 1: The terminal device uses all available resources in the resource selection window as resource set A.
如果终端设备在侦听窗内某些时隙发送数据,没有进行侦听,则这些时隙在选择窗内对应的时隙上的全部资源被排除掉。终端设备利用所用资源池配置中的“资源预留周期(resource reservation period)”域的取值集合确定选择窗内对应的时隙。If the terminal device sends data in certain time slots within the listening window without listening, all resources in the corresponding time slots within the selection window will be excluded. The terminal device uses the value set of the "resource reservation period" field in the resource pool configuration used to determine the corresponding time slot within the selection window.
如果终端设备在侦听窗内侦听到物理侧行控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel,PSCCH),测量该PSCCH的参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)或者该PSCCH调度的物理侧行共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH)的RSRP,如果测量的RSRP大于SL-RSRP阈值,并且根据该PSCCH中传输的侧行控制信息中的资源预留信息确定其预留的资源在资源选择窗内,则从集合A中排除对应资源。如果资源集合A中剩余资源不足资源集合A进行资源排除前全部资源的X%,则将SL-RSRP阈值抬升3dB,重新执行步骤1。上述X可能的取值为{20,35,50},终端设备根据待发送数据的优先级从该取值集合中确定参数X。同时,上述SL-RSRP阈值与终端设备侦听到的PSCCH中携带的优先级以及终端设备待发送数据的优先级有关。终端设备将集合A中经资源排除后的剩余资源作为候选资源集合。If the terminal device listens to the Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH) within the listening window, measure the Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) of the PSCCH or the physical sidelink sharing of the PSCCH schedule. RSRP of the channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel, PSSCH), if the measured RSRP is greater than the SL-RSRP threshold, and based on the resource reservation information in the sidelink control information transmitted in the PSCCH, it is determined that the reserved resources are within the resource selection window , then the corresponding resource is excluded from set A. If the remaining resources in resource set A are less than X% of all resources in resource set A before resource exclusion, raise the SL-RSRP threshold by 3dB and perform step 1 again. The possible values of the above X are {20, 35, 50}, and the terminal device determines the parameter X from the value set according to the priority of the data to be sent. At the same time, the above-mentioned SL-RSRP threshold is related to the priority carried in the PSCCH heard by the terminal device and the priority of the data to be sent by the terminal device. The terminal device uses the remaining resources after resource exclusion in set A as a candidate resource set.
步骤2:终端设备从候选资源集合中随机选择若干资源,作为其初次传输以及重传的发送资源。Step 2: The terminal device randomly selects several resources from the candidate resource set as its sending resources for initial transmission and retransmission.
在新无线(New Radio,NR)-车联网(Vehicle-to-Everything,V2X)中,需要支持自动驾驶,因此对车辆之间数据交互提出了更高的要求,如更高的吞吐量、更低的时延、更高的可靠性、更大的覆盖范围、更灵活的资源分配等。In New Radio (NR)-Vehicle-to-Everything (V2X), autonomous driving needs to be supported, which puts forward higher requirements for data interaction between vehicles, such as higher throughput, higher Low latency, higher reliability, larger coverage, more flexible resource allocation, etc.
在NR-V2X中,支持单播、组播和广播的传输方式。对于单播传输,其接收端设备有一个终端设备。In NR-V2X, unicast, multicast and broadcast transmission methods are supported. For unicast transmission, the receiving device has an end device.
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种单播传输方式的示意图,如图5所示,终端设备1、终端设备2之间可以进行单播传输。Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of a unicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, unicast transmission can be performed between terminal device 1 and terminal device 2.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种组播传输方式的示意图,如图6所示,对于组播传输,其接收端设备可以是一个通信组内的所有终端设备,或者可以是在一定传输距离内的所有终端设备。例如,终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3和终端设备4构成一个通信组,其中终端设备1发送数据,该组内的其他终端设备都可以是接收端设备。Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a multicast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, for multicast transmission, the receiving end device can be all terminal devices in a communication group, or it can be in a certain transmission All terminal devices within distance. For example, terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3 and terminal device 4 form a communication group, in which terminal device 1 sends data, and other terminal devices in the group can be receiving devices.
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种广播传输方式的示意图,如图7所示,对于广播传输方式,其接收端设备可以是发送端设备周围的任意一个终端设备,例如,终端设备1是发送端设备,其周围的其他终端设备(即终端设备2-终端设备6)都是接收端设备。Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of a broadcast transmission method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, for the broadcast transmission method, the receiving end device can be any terminal device around the sending end device. For example, terminal device 1 is The sending device and other terminal devices around it (ie, terminal device 2 to terminal device 6) are all receiving devices.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图,如图8所示,横轴为时间,纵轴为频率。在NR-V2X中,PSSCH和其关联的PSCCH在相同的时隙中传输,PSCCH可以占据2个或3个时域符号(图8示出的是占据3个时域符号)。NR-V2X的时域资源分配以时隙为分配粒度。通过参数侧行链路-开始符号(sl-startSymbols)和侧行链路-符号长度(sl-lengthSymbols)配置一个时隙中用于侧行传输的时域符号的起点和长度,这部分符号中的最后一个符号用作保护周期或保护间隔(Guard period,GP),PSSCH和PSCCH只能使用其余的时域符号,但是如果一个时隙中配置了物理侧行反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel,PSFCH)传输资源,PSSCH和PSCCH不能占用用于PSFCH传输的时域符号,以及该符号之前的GP符号。Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of an NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency. In NR-V2X, PSSCH and its associated PSCCH are transmitted in the same time slot, and PSCCH can occupy 2 or 3 time domain symbols (Figure 8 shows that it occupies 3 time domain symbols). The time domain resource allocation of NR-V2X uses time slot as the allocation granularity. Configure the starting point and length of the time domain symbols used for sidelink transmission in a time slot through the parameters sidelink-start symbol (sl-startSymbols) and sidelink-symbol length (sl-lengthSymbols). In this part of the symbol The last symbol of is used as the guard period or guard interval (Guard period, GP). PSSCH and PSCCH can only use the remaining time domain symbols. However, if a physical sidelink feedback channel (Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel, PSFCH) is configured in a time slot ) transmission resources, PSSCH and PSCCH cannot occupy the time domain symbols used for PSFCH transmission, and the GP symbols before this symbol.
如图8所示,网络配置sl-startSymbols=3,sl-lengthSymbols=11,即一个时隙中从符号索引3开始的11个时域符号可用于侧行传输,该时隙中有PSFCH传输资源,该PSFCH占据符号11和符号12,符号10、13分别用作GP,可用于PSSCH传输的时域符号为符号3至符号9,PSCCH占据2个时域符号,即符号4、5。符号索引0-2为不可用于侧行链路的符号。As shown in Figure 8, the network configuration is sl-startSymbols=3, sl-lengthSymbols=11, that is, 11 time domain symbols starting from symbol index 3 in a time slot can be used for sidelink transmission, and there are PSFCH transmission resources in this time slot. , the PSFCH occupies symbols 11 and 12, symbols 10 and 13 are used as GPs respectively, the time domain symbols that can be used for PSSCH transmission are symbols 3 to 9, and PSCCH occupies 2 time domain symbols, namely symbols 4 and 5. Symbol index 0-2 are symbols that are not available for sidelinks.
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图,如图9所示,横轴为时间,纵轴为频率。NR-V2X中一个侧行时隙内除存在PSCCH和PSSCH,还可能存在PSFCH,可以看到,在一个时隙内,第一个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号复制第二个符号上发送的信息,该符号通常用作自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)。而时隙的最后留有一个符号用于收发转换,用于UE从发送(或接收)状态转换到接收(或发送)状态。在剩余的OFDM符号中,PSCCH可以占用从第二个侧行符号开始的两个或三个OFDM符号(在图9对应的实施例中,PSCCH占用从第二个侧行符号开始的三个OFDM符号),在频域上,PSCCH占据的物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)个数在一个PSSCH的子带范围内,如果PSCCH占用的PRB个数小于PSSCH的一个子信道的大小,或者,PSSCH的频域资源包括多个子信道,则在PSCCH所在的OFDM符号上,PSCCH可以和PSSCH频分复用。在图9中,索引0的符号用于AGC,索引1、索引4以及索引7的符号还用于传输解调参考信号(Demodulation Reference Signal,DMRS),索引10和索引13的符号用于GP,索引11的符号用于PSFCH接收的AGC,第12个符号用于传输PSFCH。索引2-3、5-6、8-9的符号还可以用于传输PSSCH。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 9, the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency. In addition to PSCCH and PSSCH, there may also be PSFCH in a sidelink time slot in NR-V2X. It can be seen that in a time slot, the first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol is copied Information sent on the second symbol, which is usually used for Automatic Gain Control (AGC). There is one symbol left at the end of the time slot for transceiver conversion, which is used for the UE to transition from the transmit (or receive) state to the receive (or transmit) state. Among the remaining OFDM symbols, the PSCCH may occupy two or three OFDM symbols starting from the second siderow symbol (in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 9, the PSCCH occupies three OFDM symbols starting from the second siderow symbol). symbol), in the frequency domain, the number of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) occupied by the PSCCH is within the sub-band range of a PSSCH. If the number of PRBs occupied by the PSCCH is less than the size of a sub-channel of the PSSCH, or, The frequency domain resources of PSSCH include multiple sub-channels, so on the OFDM symbol where PSCCH is located, PSCCH can be frequency-division multiplexed with PSSCH. In Figure 9, the symbol with index 0 is used for AGC, the symbols with index 1, index 4 and index 7 are also used to transmit the demodulation reference signal (Demodulation Reference Signal, DMRS), and the symbols with index 10 and index 13 are used for GP. The symbol with index 11 is used for AGC of PSFCH reception and the 12th symbol is used for transmitting PSFCH. Symbols with indexes 2-3, 5-6, and 8-9 can also be used to transmit PSSCH.
在本申请任一实施例中,第i个符号对应的索引为i-1,i为大于或等于1的整数。在本申请任一实施例中,符号与OFDM符号作同一理解。In any embodiment of the present application, the index corresponding to the i-th symbol is i-1, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1. In any embodiment of this application, symbols and OFDM symbols are understood the same.
NR-V2X中PSSCH的DMRS借鉴了NR Uu接口中的设计,采用了多个时域PSSCH DMRS图案。在一个资源池内,可采用的DMRS图案的个数和资源池内PSSCH的符号数有关,对于特定的PSSCH符号数(包括第一个AGC符号)和PSCCH符号数,可用的DMRS图案以及图案内每个DMRS符号的位置是确定的,表1为不同PSSCH和PSCCH符号数下DMRS符号个数及位置:The DMRS of PSSCH in NR-V2X draws on the design of the NR Uu interface and uses multiple time domain PSSCH DMRS patterns. In a resource pool, the number of DMRS patterns that can be used is related to the number of PSSCH symbols in the resource pool. For a specific number of PSSCH symbols (including the first AGC symbol) and the number of PSCCH symbols, the available DMRS patterns and each The position of DMRS symbols is determined. Table 1 shows the number and position of DMRS symbols under different numbers of PSSCH and PSCCH symbols:
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000001
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种NR-V2X系统帧结构的示意图,如图10所示,横轴为时间,纵轴为频率。索引为0的符号用于AGC,索引为1-2的符号用于传输PSCCH,索引为1、4、7、10的符号用于传输DMRS,索引为13的符号为GP。索引2-3、5-6、8-9、11-12的符号还可以用于传输PSSCH。Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another NR-V2X system frame structure provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, the horizontal axis is time and the vertical axis is frequency. Symbols with index 0 are used for AGC, symbols with index 1-2 are used to transmit PSCCH, symbols with indexes 1, 4, 7, and 10 are used to transmit DMRS, and symbols with index 13 are GP. Symbols with indexes 2-3, 5-6, 8-9, and 11-12 can also be used to transmit PSSCH.
如果资源池内配置了多个时域DMRS图案,则具体采用的时域DMRS图案由发送UE选择,并在第一阶侧行链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI)中予以指示。这样的设计允许高速运动的UE选择高密度的DMRS图案,从而保证信道估计的精度,而对于低速运动的UE,则可以采用低密度的DMRS图案,从而提高频谱效率。If multiple time-domain DMRS patterns are configured in the resource pool, the specific time-domain DMRS pattern used is selected by the sending UE and indicated in the first-level sidelink control information (Sidelink Control Information, SCI). Such a design allows high-speed moving UEs to select high-density DMRS patterns to ensure the accuracy of channel estimation, while for low-speed moving UEs, low-density DMRS patterns can be used to improve spectral efficiency.
PSSCH DMRS序列的生成方式和PSCCH DMRS序列的生成方式几乎完全相同,唯一的区别在于伪随机序列c(m)的初始化公式c init中,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000002
p i为调度该PSSCH的PSCCH的第i位循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Checksum,CRC),L 24,为PSCCH CRC的比特位数。
The generation method of PSSCH DMRS sequence is almost the same as that of PSCCH DMRS sequence. The only difference lies in the initialization formula c init of pseudo-random sequence c(m),
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000002
p i is the i-th cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Checksum, CRC) of the PSCCH that schedules the PSSCH, and L 24 is the number of bits of the PSCCH CRC.
NR物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)和物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)中支持两种频域DMRS图案,即DMRS频域类型1和DMRS频域类型2,而且对于每一种频域类型,均存在单DMRS符号和双DMRS符号两种不同类型。单符号DMRS频域类型1支持4个DMRS端口,单符号DMRS频域类型2可以支持6个DMRS端口,双DMRS符 号情况下,支持的端口数均翻倍。然而,在NR-V2X中,由于PSSCH最多只需要支持两个DMRS端口,所以,仅支持单符号的DMRS频域类型1。NR Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) and Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) support two frequency domain DMRS patterns, namely DMRS frequency domain type 1 and DMRS frequency domain type 2, and for For each frequency domain type, there are two different types: single DMRS symbol and dual DMRS symbol. Single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 1 supports 4 DMRS ports, single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 2 can support 6 DMRS ports, and in the case of dual DMRS symbols, the number of supported ports doubles. However, in NR-V2X, since PSSCH only needs to support up to two DMRS ports, only single-symbol DMRS frequency domain type 1 is supported.
图11为本申请实施例提供的PSSCH DMRS频域位置示意图,如图11所示,资源元素(Resource Element,RE)索引0、2、4、6、8或10上的PSSCH DMRS支持端口0或端口1。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the PSSCH DMRS frequency domain location provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 11, the PSSCH DMRS on the resource element (Resource Element, RE) index 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 supports port 0 or Port 1.
基于侧行的定位为定位技术的增强方案之一,在增强方案将考虑支持蜂窝网络覆盖内、部分覆盖和覆盖外NR定位用例的场景和要求,将考虑V2X用例,公共安全用例,商业用例和工业互联网(Industrial Internet Of Things,IIOT)用例的定位要求,并考虑支持以下至少之一功能:Positioning based on side lines is one of the enhancement solutions for positioning technology. The enhancement solution will consider scenarios and requirements that support NR positioning use cases within cellular network coverage, partial coverage and outside coverage. V2X use cases, public safety use cases, commercial use cases and Positioning requirements for Industrial Internet of Things (IIOT) use cases, and consider supporting at least one of the following functions:
绝对定位,测距/测向,及相对定位;Absolute positioning, ranging/direction finding, and relative positioning;
侧行测量量和Uu接口测量量相结合的定位方法;Positioning method that combines lateral measurements and Uu interface measurements;
侧行定位参考信号,包括信号设计,物理层控制信令,资源分配,物理层测量量,及相关的物理层过程等;Sidelink positioning reference signal, including signal design, physical layer control signaling, resource allocation, physical layer measurement quantities, and related physical layer processes;
定位系统架构及信令过程,例如配置,测量上报等。Positioning system architecture and signaling processes, such as configuration, measurement reporting, etc.
对于绝对定位,终端可以根据测量结果直接确定自身的绝对地理位置,绝对定位可以称为基于终端的绝对定位。或者,终端可以将测量结果上报给定位服务器,例如位置管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF),然后由LMF计算终端的绝对位置并通知该终端,这种方式称为终端辅助的绝对定位。For absolute positioning, the terminal can directly determine its own absolute geographical location based on the measurement results. Absolute positioning can be called terminal-based absolute positioning. Alternatively, the terminal can report the measurement results to a positioning server, such as Location Management Function (LMF), and then the LMF calculates the absolute position of the terminal and notifies the terminal. This method is called terminal-assisted absolute positioning.
对于测距/测向或相对定位,终端可以根据接收到的定位参考信号估计信号的往返时间(Round-Trip Time,RTT),到达角,信号接收强度等信息,对相对距离和相对方向进行估计。For ranging/direction finding or relative positioning, the terminal can estimate the relative distance and relative direction based on the received positioning reference signal, estimating the round-trip time (RTT), angle of arrival, signal reception strength and other information. .
对于基于侧行链路的定位方法,终端需要发送定位序列或侧行链路定位参考信号(Sidelink-Positioning Reference Signal,SL-PRS),然而,如何确定定位参考信号是需要解决的问题。For sidelink-based positioning methods, the terminal needs to send a positioning sequence or Sidelink-Positioning Reference Signal (SL-PRS). However, how to determine the positioning reference signal is a problem that needs to be solved.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)系统、增强的机器类型通信(enhanced Machine-Type Communications,eMTC)系统、5G通信系统(也称为新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统),或未来的通信系统(例如6G、7G通信系统)等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Internet of Things (IoT) systems, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) systems, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) systems, 5G communication systems ( Also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), or future communication system (such as 6G, 7G communication system), etc.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括接入网设备和/或核心网设备。接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备(例如UE)进行通信。The network equipment in the embodiment of the present application may include access network equipment and/or core network equipment. The access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and can communicate with terminal equipment (eg, UE) located within the coverage area.
上述实施例中的终端设备可以应用于本申请实施例中的第一终端或第二终端。The terminal device in the above embodiment can be applied to the first terminal or the second terminal in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的第一终端或第二终端,可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、移动台(Mobile Station,MS)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal,MT)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。第一终端或第二终端,可以包括以下之一或者至少两者的组合:物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)设备、卫星终端、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、服务器、手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、掌上电脑、台式计算机、个人数字助理、便捷式媒体播放器、智能音箱、导航装置、智能手表、智能眼镜、智能项链等可穿戴设备、计步器、数字TV、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端以及车联网系统中的车、车载设备、车载模块、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、客户终端设备(Customer Premise Equipment,CPE)、智能家电等。The first terminal or the second terminal in the embodiment of this application may be called user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal, MT), user unit, user station, Mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device. The first terminal or the second terminal may include one of the following or a combination of at least two: Internet of Things (IoT) equipment, satellite terminal, Wireless Local Loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, server, mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function, handheld Computers, desktop computers, personal digital assistants, portable media players, smart speakers, navigation devices, smart watches, smart glasses, smart necklaces and other wearable devices, pedometers, digital TVs, virtual reality (VR) terminals Equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grids Wireless terminals in (smart grid), wireless terminals in transportation safety (transportation safety), wireless terminals in smart city (smart city), wireless terminals in smart home (smart home), and vehicles and vehicle-mounted devices in the Internet of Vehicles system Equipment, vehicle modules, wireless modems, handheld devices, customer terminal equipment (Customer Premise Equipment, CPE), smart home appliances, etc.
可选地,第一终端或第二终端可以是任意终端设备,其包括但不限于与网络设备120或其它终端设备采用有线或者无线连接的终端设备。可选地,第一终端或第二终端可以用于D2D的通信。Optionally, the first terminal or the second terminal may be any terminal device, including but not limited to terminal devices that adopt wired or wireless connections with the network device 120 or other terminal devices. Optionally, the first terminal or the second terminal may be used for D2D communication.
接入网设备可以包括以下之一或者至少两者的组合:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB)、下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备、NR系统中的基站(gNB)、小站、微站、云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器、无线保真(Wireless-Fidelity,Wi-Fi)的接入点、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器、未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。Access network equipment may include one of the following or at least a combination of both: evolutionary base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, next generation wireless access network (Next Generation) Radio Access Network (NG RAN) equipment, base stations (gNB) in NR systems, small stations, micro stations, wireless controllers in Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), Wireless-Fidelity (Wireless-Fidelity) , Wi-Fi) access point, transmission reception point (TRP), relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, hub, switch, bridge, router, future evolved public land mobile network Network equipment in (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
核心网设备可以是5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)设备,核心网设备可以包括以下之一或者至少两者的组合:接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、认证服务器功能 (Authentication Server Function,AUSF)、用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、位置管理功能(Location Management Function,LMF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control Function,PCF)。在另一些实施方式中,核心网络设备也可以是LTE网络的分组核心演进(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)设备,例如,会话管理功能+核心网络的数据网关(Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway,SMF+PGW-C)设备。应理解,SMF+PGW-C可以同时实现SMF和PGW-C所能实现的功能。在网络演进过程中,上述核心网设备也有可能叫其它名字,或者通过对核心网的功能进行划分形成新的网络实体,对此本申请实施例不做限制。The core network equipment can be 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) equipment. The core network equipment can include one or at least a combination of the following: Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF), authentication server Function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), User Plane Function (UPF), Session Management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), Location Management Function (LMF), Policy Control Function (Policy Control Function, PCF). In other implementations, the core network device may also be the Evolved Packet Core (EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, the session management function + core network data gateway (Session Management Function + Core Packet Gateway, SMF + PGW-C) equipment. It should be understood that SMF+PGW-C can simultaneously realize the functions that SMF and PGW-C can realize. In the process of network evolution, the above-mentioned core network equipment may also be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing the functions of the core network, which is not limited by the embodiments of this application.
本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“预定义”、“协议约定”、“预先确定”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。The terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes related objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone. B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship. It should also be understood that the "instruction" mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be a direct instruction, an indirect instruction, or an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also mean that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also mean that there is an association between A and B. relation. It should also be understood that the "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can mean that there is a direct correspondence or indirect correspondence between the two, it can also mean that there is an associated relationship between the two, or it can mean indicating and being instructed. , configuration and configured relationship. It should also be understood that the "predefined", "protocol agreement", "predetermined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be preset in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). This is achieved by saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information. This application does not limit the specific implementation methods. For example, predefined can refer to what is defined in the protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiments of this application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, which may include, for example, LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. This application does not limit this. .
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上描述的方案作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific embodiments. The solutions described above as optional solutions can be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application in any way, and they all fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiments of this application include at least part of the following content.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图,如图12所示,该方法包括:Figure 12 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 12, the method includes:
S1201、第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识。S1201. The first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set.
S1202、所述第一终端根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。S1202. The first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
可选地,预定标识集合可以为预先得到的标识集合。可选地,预定标识集合可以包括一个或多个标识集合,一个或多个标识集合中的每个标识集合均包括至少一个标识。可选地,一个标识集合中的标识不存在相同的标识,或者,存在相同的标识。可选地,在预定标识集合包括多个标识集合的情况下,不同的标识集合包括的标识中可以存在相同的标识,或者,不同的标识集合包括的标识中不存在相同的标识。例如,预定标识集合包括第一标识集合和第二标识集合,第一标识集合和第二标识集合均可以包括第一标识,或者,在第一标识集合包括第一标识的情况下,第二标识集合不包括第一标识。Optionally, the predetermined identification set may be a pre-obtained identification set. Alternatively, the predetermined identity set may include one or more identity sets, each of the one or more identity sets including at least one identity. Optionally, the identities in an identity set do not have the same identity, or the same identity exists. Optionally, when the predetermined identification set includes multiple identification sets, the same identification may exist among the identifications included in different identification sets, or the same identification may not exist among the identifications included in different identification sets. For example, the predetermined identification set includes a first identification set and a second identification set, and both the first identification set and the second identification set may include the first identification, or, in the case where the first identification set includes the first identification, the second identification set The collection does not include the first identifier.
可选地,第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,可以包括:第一终端根据预定规则,从预定标识集合中直接选择第一标识。可选地,第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,可以包括:第一终端从预定标识集合中选择第一标识集合,从第一标识集合中选择第一标识。可选地,第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,可以包括:若预定标识集合中只包括一个标识集合,即第一标识集合,第一终端从第一标识集合中选择第一标识。Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identifier from a predetermined identifier set, which may include: the first terminal directly selects the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to a predetermined rule. Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, which may include: the first terminal selects the first identity set from the predetermined identity set, and selects the first identity from the first identity set. Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, which may include: if the predetermined identity set includes only one identity set, that is, the first identity set, the first terminal selects the first identity from the first identity set. .
可选地,S1202可以包括:所述第一终端根据所述第一标识,确定第一定位参考信号;所述第一终端向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。Optionally, S1202 may include: the first terminal determines a first positioning reference signal according to the first identifier; and the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
可选地,第一终端向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号,可以包括:第一终端以广播/组播的方式发送第一定位参考信号,从而使得第一终端能够向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。可选地,第一终端向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号,可以包括:第一终端以单播的方式向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。Optionally, the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal may include: the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the first terminal can send the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal. A certain positioning reference signal. Optionally, the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal may include: the first terminal sending the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal in a unicast manner.
可选地,第一定位参考信号可以承载在侧行控制信息SCI、PC5无线资源控制(PC5-Radio Resource Control,PC5-RRC)信令或媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)中。Optionally, the first positioning reference signal can be carried in the sideline control information SCI, PC5 Radio Resource Control (PC5-Radio Resource Control, PC5-RRC) signaling or media access control (Media Access Control, MAC) control element ( Control Element, CE).
本申请任一实施例中预定标识集合中包括的标识(例如第一标识或下述的第二标识),可以为以下之一:定位参考信号标识、定位参考信号的标识、序列标识、信号标识。The identifier (such as the first identifier or the second identifier described below) included in the predetermined identifier set in any embodiment of this application may be one of the following: positioning reference signal identifier, positioning reference signal identifier, sequence identifier, signal identifier .
本申请任一实施例中的定位参考信号(包括第一定位参考信号、第二定位参考信号、第三定位参考信号、定位参考信号标识中的定位参考信号),可以与以下至少之一作同一理解:定位序列、参考序列、定位参考序列、侧行序列、侧行定位序列、侧行参考序列、定位信号序列、参考信号序列、定位参考信号序列、侧行信号序列、侧行定位信号序列、侧行参考信号序列、侧行定位参考信号序列、侧行链路定位参考信号序列、侧行链路定位参考信号、侧行定位参考信号、侧行参考信号、侧行定位信号、定位参 考信号、参考信号、定位信号等。The positioning reference signal in any embodiment of the present application (including the first positioning reference signal, the second positioning reference signal, the third positioning reference signal, and the positioning reference signal in the positioning reference signal identifier) can be interpreted the same as at least one of the following: : positioning sequence, reference sequence, positioning reference sequence, side row sequence, side row positioning sequence, side row reference sequence, positioning signal sequence, reference signal sequence, positioning reference signal sequence, side row signal sequence, side row positioning signal sequence, side row row reference signal sequence, side row positioning reference signal sequence, side link positioning reference signal sequence, side link positioning reference signal, side row positioning reference signal, side row reference signal, side row positioning signal, positioning reference signal, reference signals, positioning signals, etc.
以下说明本申请任一实施例中根据定位参考信号序列标识确定定位参考信号的实施方式:The following describes the implementation of determining the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier in any embodiment of the present application:
定位参考信号可以根据公式(1)确定:The positioning reference signal can be determined according to formula (1):
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000003
其中,r(m)表示定位参考信号序列,m为大于或等于0的整数。伪随机序列(pseudo-random sequence)c(n)根据以下的公式(2)至公式(4)确定:Among them, r(m) represents the positioning reference signal sequence, and m is an integer greater than or equal to 0. The pseudo-random sequence c(n) is determined according to the following formula (2) to formula (4):
c(n)=(x 1(n+N C)+x 2(n+N C))mod2  (2); c(n)=(x 1 (n + N C ) + x 2 (n + N C )) mod 2 (2);
x 1(n+31)=(x 1(n+3)+x 1(n))mod2   (3); x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n))mod2 (3);
x 2(n+31)=(x 2(n+3)+x 2(n+2)+x 2(n+1)+x 2(n))mod2   (4); x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n))mod2 (4);
其中,c(n)中的n对应公式(1)中的2c(2m)或者c(2m+1);N C=1600。x 1(n+N C)、x 2(n+N C)分别采用公式(3)和公式(4)确定。 Among them, n in c(n) corresponds to 2c(2m) or c(2m+1) in formula (1); N C =1600. x 1 (n+N C ) and x 2 (n+N C ) are determined using formula (3) and formula (4) respectively.
其中,第一个m序列x 1(n)的初始化为x 1(0)=1,x 1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30。即x 1(0)的值为1,x 1(1)至x 1(30)的值均为0。 Among them, the initialization of the first m sequence x 1 (n) is x 1 (0)=1, x 1 (n)=0, n=1,2,...,30. That is, the value of x 1 (0) is 1, and the values of x 1 (1) to x 1 (30) are all 0.
其中,第二个m序列x 2(n)的初始化,可以根据定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000004
确定。x 2(n)的初始化可以包括x 2(0)至x 2(30)的值。
Among them, the initialization of the second m sequence x 2 (n) can be identified according to the positioning reference signal sequence
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000004
Sure. The initialization of x 2 (n) may include values from x 2 (0) to x 2 (30).
此处说明第二个m序列x 2(n)的初始化的实施方式: The implementation of the initialization of the second m sequence x 2 (n) is explained here:
第二个m序列x 2(n)的初始化根据
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000005
确定,而c init的值根据定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000006
确定。根据不同的定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000007
可以生成相应的定位参考信号序列。例如,c init根据公式(5)确定:
The second m sequence x 2 (n) is initialized according to
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000005
determined, and the value of c init is identified according to the positioning reference signal sequence
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000006
Sure. According to different positioning reference signal sequence identification
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000007
A corresponding positioning reference signal sequence can be generated. For example, c init is determined according to formula (5):
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000008
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000009
表示每个时隙中的符号数;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000010
表示时隙号;l表示定位参考信号序列映射的符号。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000009
Represents the number of symbols in each time slot;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000010
represents the time slot number; l represents the symbol mapped by the positioning reference signal sequence.
从而根据公式(5)可以确定c init的值。进一步,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000011
即c init可以表示为x 2(i)与2 i乘积并求和,i=0,1,2,……,30;因此,根据c init可以确定相应的x 2(i)。
Therefore, the value of c init can be determined according to formula (5). further,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000011
That is, c init can be expressed as the product and sum of x 2 (i) and 2 i , i=0,1,2,...,30; therefore, the corresponding x 2 (i) can be determined according to c init .
例如,c init的值为1,为了使两边相等,由于2 0为1,则x 2(0)为1,x 2(0)之外的其它值(包括x 2(1)至x 2(30))均为0。又例如,c init的值为2,为了使两边相等,由于2 1为2,则x 2(1)为1,x 2(1)之外的其它值(包括x 2(0),x 2(2)至x 2(30))均为0。因此,通过c init的值,可以得到x 2(0)至x 2(30)的值。 For example, the value of c init is 1. In order to make both sides equal, since 2 0 is 1, x 2 (0) is 1, and other values other than x 2 (0) (including x 2 (1) to x 2 ( 30)) are all 0. For another example, the value of c init is 2. In order to make both sides equal, since 2 1 is 2, x 2 (1) is 1, and other values other than x 2 (1) (including x 2 (0), x 2 (2) to x 2 (30)) are all 0. Therefore, through the value of c init , the values of x 2 (0) to x 2 (30) can be obtained.
这样,根据不同的定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000012
可以生成相应的定位参考信号序列。
In this way, according to different positioning reference signal sequence identification
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000012
A corresponding positioning reference signal sequence can be generated.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的是一种根据定位参考信号序列标识确定定位参考信号的实施方式,在其它实施例中,还可以有其它方式来根据定位参考信号序列标识确定定位参考信号,本申请实施例对此不作限制,任何能够根据定位参考信号序列标识确定定位参考信号的实施方式,都应该在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be noted that the above embodiment provides an implementation method of determining the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier. In other embodiments, there may be other ways to determine the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier. The embodiments of the present application do not limit this, and any implementation that can determine the positioning reference signal based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier should be within the protection scope of the present application.
本申请实施例能够提供如何确定定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000013
的方法。
The embodiments of this application can provide how to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000013
Methods.
例如,在定位参考信号序列标识为第一标识或下述的第二标识的情况下,可以基于上述方式确定第一定位参考信号。又例如,在定位参考信号序列标识为下述的第二标识的情况下,可以基于上述方式确定下述的第二定位参考信号。再例如,在定位参考信号序列标识为第一标识的情况下,可以基于上述方式确定下述的第三定位参考信号。For example, when the positioning reference signal sequence identifier is a first identifier or a second identifier described below, the first positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method. For another example, in the case where the positioning reference signal sequence identifier is the following second identifier, the following second positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method. For another example, in the case where the positioning reference signal sequence identifier is the first identifier, the following third positioning reference signal may be determined based on the above method.
在一些实施例中,第一定位参考信号用于确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。其中,第一终端的位置信息可以包括第一终端的当前位置信息和/或第一终端相对于第二终端的位置信息。其中,第二终端的位置信息可以包括第二终端的当前位置信息和/或第二终端相对于第一终端的位置信息。可选地,当前位置信息可以包括以下至少之一:经纬度信息、高度信息(或海拔信息)、位置坐标信息。可选地,第一终端相对于第二终端的位置信息,可以包括:第一终端与第二终端之间的距离,和/或,第一终端相对第二终端的方位角和/或俯仰角。可选地,第二终端相对于第一终端的位置信息,可以包括:第二终端与第一终端之间的距离,和/或,第二终端相对于第一终端的方位角和/或俯仰角。In some embodiments, the first positioning reference signal is used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal. The location information of the first terminal may include the current location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the first terminal relative to the second terminal. The location information of the second terminal may include the current location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal relative to the first terminal. Optionally, the current location information may include at least one of the following: latitude and longitude information, altitude information (or altitude information), and location coordinate information. Optionally, the position information of the first terminal relative to the second terminal may include: the distance between the first terminal and the second terminal, and/or the azimuth angle and/or elevation angle of the first terminal relative to the second terminal. . Optionally, the position information of the second terminal relative to the first terminal may include: the distance between the second terminal and the first terminal, and/or the azimuth angle and/or pitch of the second terminal relative to the first terminal. horn.
在一些实施例中,第一终端向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号之后,第一终端可以接收第二终端发送的第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,或者,第一终端可以接收第二终端发送的用于确定位置信息的参数(例如,定位参考信号发送和/或接收的时间),第一终端可以基于该参数确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,或者,第一终端可以接收第二终端发送的基于第一定位参考信号的测量结果,第一终端可以基于该测量结果确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In some embodiments, after the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal, the first terminal may receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal, or, A terminal may receive parameters for determining location information sent by a second terminal (for example, the time at which a positioning reference signal is sent and/or received), and the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the second terminal based on the parameters. The location information of the terminal, or the first terminal can receive the measurement result based on the first positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the first terminal can determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location of the second terminal based on the measurement result. information.
可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向网络设备 发送。可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向定位服务器(例如位置管理功能LMF)发送。Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device. Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the location server (eg, location management function LMF).
在另一些实施例中,第一终端向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号之后,可以接收第二终端发送的第三定位参考信号,第一终端基于发送第一定位参考信号的时间,和/或接收到第三定位参考信号的时间,和/或第二终端接收到第一定位参考信号的时间,和/或第二终端发送第三定位参考信号的时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第二终端接收到第一定位参考信号的时间,和/或第二终端发送第三定位参考信号的时间,可以是第二终端向第一终端发送的。可选地,第一终端可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向第二终端发送。可选地,第一终端可以向第二终端发送用于确定位置信息的参数(例如,定位参考信号发送和/或接收的时间),使得第二终端可以基于该参数确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第一终端可以向第二终端发送基于第三定位参考信号的测量结果,第二终端可以基于该测量结果确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In other embodiments, after the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal, the first terminal may receive a third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, based on the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal, and/ Or the time when the third positioning reference signal is received, and/or the time when the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the second terminal sends the third positioning reference signal, determine the location information of the first terminal and /or the location information of the second terminal. Optionally, the time when the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the second terminal sends the third positioning reference signal, may be sent by the second terminal to the first terminal. Optionally, the first terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal may send parameters for determining location information (for example, the time of transmitting and/or receiving the positioning reference signal) to the second terminal, so that the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal based on the parameters. and/or the location information of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal may send a measurement result based on the third positioning reference signal to the second terminal, and the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the measurement result.
可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向网络设备发送。可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向定位服务器(例如位置管理功能LMF)发送。Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device. Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the location server (eg, location management function LMF).
在又一些实施例中,第一终端接收第二终端发送的第三定位参考信号,基于该第三定位参考信号进行测量,或者,基于该第三定位参考信号确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第一终端可以将测量结果、第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向第二终端发送。可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将测量结果、第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向网络设备发送。可选地,第一终端和/或第二终端可以将测量结果、第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向定位服务器(例如位置管理功能LMF)发送。可选地,本申请任一实施例中的测量结果可以用于确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In some embodiments, the first terminal receives the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, performs measurements based on the third positioning reference signal, or determines the location information and/or the first terminal based on the third positioning reference signal. or the location information of the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the second terminal. Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal, and/or the location information of the second terminal to the network device. Optionally, the first terminal and/or the second terminal may send the measurement result, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the positioning server (for example, the location management function LMF). Optionally, the measurement results in any embodiment of the present application can be used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal.
可选地,第一终端和第二终端之间发送的位置信息和/或测量结果可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。例如,第二终端向第一终端发送的测量结果、第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。又例如,第一终端向第二终端发送的测量结果、第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the location information and/or measurement results sent between the first terminal and the second terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE. For example, the measurement results, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE. For another example, the measurement results, the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在本申请实施例中,第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;所述第一终端根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。这样,第一终端可以根据从预定标识集合中确定的第一标识,确定向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号,从而,第一终端能够确定向第二设备发送的第一定位参考信号。In this embodiment of the present application, the first terminal determines a first identifier from a predetermined identifier set; the first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the first identifier. In this way, the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second terminal based on the first identifier determined from the predetermined identifier set, so that the first terminal can determine the first positioning reference signal to send to the second device.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
所述第一终端获取第一定位方法;The first terminal acquires a first positioning method;
所述第一终端根据所述第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method.
可选地,第一定位方法可以用于确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。例如,第一终端可以基于第一定位方法,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。又例如,第二终端可以基于第一定位方法,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,然后,第一终端接收第二终端发送的第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。Optionally, the first positioning method may be used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal. For example, the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the first positioning method. For another example, the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the first positioning method, and then the first terminal receives the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the second terminal. Location information of the second terminal.
可选地,第一定位方法可以包括一个定位方法或多个定位方法。在一些实施例中,第一定位方法可以为第一终端的定位方法。在另一些实施例中,第一定位方法可以是第二终端的定位方法,或第一终端和第二终端外的其它终端的定位方法。Optionally, the first positioning method may include one positioning method or multiple positioning methods. In some embodiments, the first positioning method may be the positioning method of the first terminal. In other embodiments, the first positioning method may be a positioning method of the second terminal, or a positioning method of other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
可选地,在第一定位方法为第一终端的定位方法的情况下,第一定位方法可以是第一终端支持的定位方法,在第一定位方法不为第一终端的定位方法的情况下,第一定位方法可以是第一终端支持的定位方法或者不是第一终端支持的定位方法。可选地,第一定位方法可以为第一终端支持的定位方法或能够使用的定位方法中的一个或多个。可选地,第一定位方法可以为第一终端待使用的定位方法。Optionally, when the first positioning method is the positioning method of the first terminal, the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal. When the first positioning method is not a positioning method of the first terminal, the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal. , the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported by the first terminal or not a positioning method supported by the first terminal. Optionally, the first positioning method may be one or more of the positioning methods supported by the first terminal or the positioning methods that can be used. Optionally, the first positioning method may be the positioning method to be used by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,第一终端可以从预配置信息中获取第一定位方法。在另一些实施例中,第一定位方法是第一终端接收网络设备、第二终端或其它终端指示的定位方法。In some embodiments, the first terminal may obtain the first positioning method from preconfigured information. In other embodiments, the first positioning method is a positioning method in which the first terminal receives instructions from the network device, the second terminal or other terminals.
本申请任一实施例中的其它终端在未作说明的情况下,可以指的是第一终端和第二终端之外的其它终端。The other terminals in any embodiment of the present application may refer to other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal unless otherwise specified.
在一些实施例中,第一定位方法可以与第一标识具有映射关系或关联关系,从而第一终端可以根据映射关系或关联关系,以及根据第一定位方法,确定第一标识。在另一些实施例中,第一定位方法对应的标识可以与第一标识之间存在函数关系,第一终端可以根据函数关系和第一定位方法,确定第一标识。In some embodiments, the first positioning method may have a mapping relationship or an association relationship with the first identification, so that the first terminal may determine the first identification based on the mapping relationship or association relationship and the first positioning method. In other embodiments, there may be a functional relationship between the identifier corresponding to the first positioning method and the first identifier, and the first terminal may determine the first identifier based on the functional relationship and the first positioning method.
可选地,第一终端可以根据第一定位方法,从预定标识集合中确定第一标识集合;从第一标识集合中确定第一标识。Optionally, the first terminal may determine the first identity set from the predetermined identity set according to the first positioning method; determine the first identity from the first identity set.
可选地,第一终端可以根据第一定位方法,从预订标识集合中选择多个标识,从多个标识中确定第一标识。Optionally, the first terminal may select multiple identities from the subscription identity set according to the first positioning method, and determine the first identity from the multiple identities.
这样,通过第一定位方法确定第一标识,进而根据第一标识确定第一定位参考信号,从而能够根据第一定位参考信号对应的第一定位方法确定位置信息,提高了确定位置信息的便捷性。In this way, the first identification is determined by the first positioning method, and the first positioning reference signal is determined based on the first identification, so that the location information can be determined based on the first positioning method corresponding to the first positioning reference signal, which improves the convenience of determining location information. .
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;所述第一终端根据所述第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:In some embodiments, the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the first positioning method, including:
所述第一终端确定所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合;其中,所述第一标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;The first terminal determines a first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method; wherein the first identification set is included in the at least one identification set;
所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identification from the first identification set.
可选地,至少一个标识集合可以是预先划分或预先设置的。例如,至少一个标识集合可以是协议约定的,或者,至少一个标识集合可以是预配置的,或者,至少一个标识集合可以是第二设备配置的,或者,至少一个标识集合可以是网络设备配置的,或者,至少一个标识集合可以是其它终端配置的。Optionally, at least one identification set may be pre-divided or pre-set. For example, at least one identity set may be agreed upon by the protocol, or at least one identity set may be preconfigured, or at least one identity set may be configured by the second device, or at least one identity set may be configured by the network device , or, at least one identification set may be configured by other terminals.
可选地,所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合,可以包括至少一个标识集合中的一个标识集合或多个标识集合。Optionally, the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method may include one identification set or multiple identification sets in at least one identification set.
可选地,所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识,可以包括:第一终端从第一标识集合中确定多个标识,第一终端从多个标识中确定第一标识。Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the first identifier set, which may include: the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the first identifier set, and the first terminal determines the first identifier from the multiple identifiers. First logo.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the first identity set.
在另一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some other embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set according to at least one of the following: The first identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the information sent by the second terminal. The second positioning reference signal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
例如,在第一终端接收到第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下,第一终端向第二终端反馈针对第二定位参考信号的第一定位参考信号,第一定位参考信号可以基于从第一标识集合中选择的第一标识A确定。在第一终端主动向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号的情况下,第一定位参考信号可以基于从第一标识集合中选择的第一标识B确定。可选地,第一标识A和第一标识B可以相同或不同。For example, when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal feeds back the first positioning reference signal for the second positioning reference signal to the second terminal. The first positioning reference signal may be based on The first identification A selected from the first identification set is determined. In the case where the first terminal actively sends the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal, the first positioning reference signal may be determined based on the first identity B selected from the first identity set. Optionally, the first identifier A and the first identifier B may be the same or different.
可选地,在所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述第一标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,所述第一终端根据第二信息,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识;Optionally, in the case where the first terminal determines multiple identities from the first identity set based on the first information, the first terminal determines the multiple identities from the multiple identities based on the second information. the first identifier;
其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息;Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals;
所述第二信息为所述第三信息中除所述第一信息之外的部分信息或全部信息。The second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
可选地,所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识;Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identity from the first identity set according to the first information;
其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端确定所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合,包括:所述第一终端根据对应关系,确定所述第一定位方法对应的所述第一标识集合;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identifier set corresponding to the first positioning method, including: the first terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning method according to the corresponding relationship. set; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
可选地,至少一个标识集合可以与至少一个定位方法一一对应。例如,至少一个标识集合可以分别为标识集合A1、A2以及A3,至少一个定位方法可以分别为定位方法B1、B2以及B3,标识集合A1、A2以及A3可以分别对应定位方法B1、B2以及B3。Optionally, at least one identification set may correspond to at least one positioning method one-to-one. For example, at least one identification set may be identification sets A1, A2 and A3 respectively, at least one positioning method may be positioning methods B1, B2 and B3 respectively, and identification sets A1, A2 and A3 may respectively correspond to positioning methods B1, B2 and B3.
可选地,标识集合与定位方法之间可以具有多对一的关系,或者具有一对多的关系。可选地,一个标识集合可以对应一个或多个定位方法,和/或,一个定位方法可以对应一个或多个标识集合。Optionally, there may be a many-to-one relationship or a one-to-many relationship between the identification set and the positioning method. Optionally, one identification set may correspond to one or more positioning methods, and/or one positioning method may correspond to one or more identification sets.
可选地,在第一定位方法对应的一个标识集合的情况下,可以将该一个标识集合确定为第一标识集合。可选地,在第一定位方法对应的多个标识集合的情况下,可以将多个标识集合确定为第一标识集合,或者可以从多个标识集合中选择一个标识集合作为第一标识集合,或者将多个标识集合的并集或交集确定为第一标识集合。Optionally, in the case of an identification set corresponding to the first positioning method, the identification set may be determined as the first identification set. Optionally, in the case of multiple identity sets corresponding to the first positioning method, the multiple identity sets can be determined as the first identity set, or one identity set can be selected from the multiple identity sets as the first identity set, Or the union or intersection of multiple identity sets is determined as the first identity set.
可选地,对应关系在另一些实施例中可以表示为对应列表或列表。Optionally, the corresponding relationship may be expressed as a corresponding list or a list in other embodiments.
在一些实施例中,所述对应关系是协议约定的。另一些实施例中,所述对应关系是所述第一终端根据预配置确定的。在又一些实施例中,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的。在又一些实施例中,所述对应关系是所述第二终端配置的。在又一些实施例中,所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the agreement. In other embodiments, the corresponding relationship is determined by the first terminal based on preconfiguration. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by the second terminal. In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals besides the first terminal and the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端获取第一定位方法,包括:所述第一终端根据协议约定确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据预配置确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the first terminal obtains the first positioning method, including: the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to a protocol; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to a preconfiguration. Positioning method; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information configured by the network device; or, the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or, The first terminal determines the first positioning method based on information configured by the first terminal and other terminals other than the second terminal.
可选地,第一终端可以配置有一个或多个定位方法,第一终端可以从该一个或多个定位方法中选择第一定位方法。例如,第一终端可以根据第一终端的剩余电量、定位精准度要求、定位业务、是否连接到网络设备、是否在网络覆盖范围内等至少之一,从多个定位方法中确定第一定位方法。又例如,第一终端可以从多个定位方法中随机选择第一定位方法。可选地,多个定位方法可以均为第一终端支持的定位方法,或者,多个定位方法至少部分为第一终端支持的定位方法。可选地,第一定位方法可以为第一终端支持或不支持的定位方法。Optionally, the first terminal may be configured with one or more positioning methods, and the first terminal may select the first positioning method from the one or more positioning methods. For example, the first terminal may determine the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods based on at least one of the first terminal's remaining power, positioning accuracy requirements, positioning services, whether it is connected to a network device, whether it is within network coverage, etc. . For another example, the first terminal may randomly select the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods. Optionally, the multiple positioning methods may all be positioning methods supported by the first terminal, or at least some of the multiple positioning methods may be positioning methods supported by the first terminal. Optionally, the first positioning method may be a positioning method supported or not supported by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据协议约定,或者根据预配置,或者根据网络设备配置的信息,或者根据第二终端配置的信息,或者根据其他终端配置的信息,直接得到第一定位方法。在另一些实施例中,第一终端可以根据协议约定,或者根据预配置,或者根据网络设备配置的信息,或者根据第二终端配置的信息,或者根据其他终端配置的信息,确定多个定位方法,从多个定位方法中确定第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the first terminal can directly obtain the first positioning method according to the protocol agreement, or according to the preconfiguration, or according to the information configured by the network device, or according to the information configured by the second terminal, or according to the information configured by other terminals. . In other embodiments, the first terminal may determine multiple positioning methods based on protocol agreement, or based on preconfiguration, or based on network device configuration information, or based on information configured by the second terminal, or based on information configured by other terminals. , determine the first positioning method from multiple positioning methods.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:所述第一终端接收所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号;所述第一终端根据所述第二定位参考信号,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal receives a second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal; the first terminal determines the first identity according to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal. The second positioning reference signal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set.
可选地,第二定位参考信号可以通过广播、组播或单播的方式发送,从而第一终端能够接收到第二定位参考信号。Optionally, the second positioning reference signal may be sent in a broadcast, multicast or unicast manner, so that the first terminal can receive the second positioning reference signal.
可选地,第二定位参考信号可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the second positioning reference signal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在这种实施例中,第一终端根据第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号,确定向第二终端反馈第一定位参考信号,从而使得第二终端能够根据第一定位参考信号和第二定位参考信号,确定第一终端和/或第二终端的位置信息。In this embodiment, the first terminal determines to feed back the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal based on the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, so that the second terminal can use the first positioning reference signal and the second positioning reference signal. Determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the second terminal based on the reference signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端根据所述第二定位参考信号,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second positioning reference signal, including:
所述第一终端确定所述第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识;The first terminal determines a second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal;
所述第一终端根据所述第二标识,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second identification.
可选地,第一终端可以根据上述公式(1)至公式(5),确定第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识。可选地,所述第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识可以包括一个标识或多个标识。可选地,在第二定位参考信号对应多个标识的情况下,可以从多个标识中选择第二标识。可选地,从多个标识中选择第二标识,可以包括:从多个标识中随机选择第二标识,或者,根据第一终端支持的定位方法或者第一定位方法,从多个标识中选择第二标识。例如,第二标识包括在多个标识中,且包括在第一终端支持的定位方法或者第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合中。Optionally, the first terminal may determine the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal according to the above formula (1) to formula (5). Optionally, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal may include one identifier or multiple identifiers. Optionally, when the second positioning reference signal corresponds to multiple identifiers, the second identifier may be selected from the multiple identifiers. Optionally, selecting the second identifier from multiple identifiers may include: randomly selecting the second identifier from the multiple identifiers, or selecting from the multiple identifiers according to the positioning method or the first positioning method supported by the first terminal. Second identification. For example, the second identifier is included in multiple identifiers and included in a positioning method supported by the first terminal or a first identifier set corresponding to the first positioning method.
可选地,第一标识和第二标识可以相同或不同。可选地,第一标识和第二标识可以均包括在第一标识集合中。可选地,第一标识和第二标识可以包括在不同的标识集合中。例如,第一标识可以包括在第一标识集合中,第二标识可以包括在第二标识集合中。Optionally, the first identification and the second identification may be the same or different. Optionally, both the first identification and the second identification may be included in the first identification set. Optionally, the first identification and the second identification may be included in different identification sets. For example, the first identification may be included in a first identification set, and the second identification may be included in a second identification set.
示例性地,第一终端可以根据第二标识,确定第二定位方法;第一终端可以根据第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。可选地,第二定位方法可以为第二终端的定位方法,和/或,可以为第一终端的定位方法。可选地,第二定位方法与第一定位方法可以相同或不同。可选地,第一终端和第二终端可以预先协商定位方法。For example, the first terminal may determine the second positioning method according to the second identification; the first terminal may determine the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second positioning method. Optionally, the second positioning method may be a positioning method of the second terminal, and/or may be a positioning method of the first terminal. Optionally, the second positioning method and the first positioning method may be the same or different. Optionally, the first terminal and the second terminal may negotiate the positioning method in advance.
可选地,第一终端根据第二标识对应的第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识的实施方式,可以与第一终端根据第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识的实施方式类似,本申请对此不再赘述。Optionally, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second positioning method corresponding to the second identifier. The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method. The implementation of determining the first identifier in the identifier set is similar and will not be described again in this application.
示例性地,第一终端可以确定第二标识所属的第二标识集合;基于第二标识集合确定第二定位方法。For example, the first terminal may determine the second identity set to which the second identity belongs; and determine the second positioning method based on the second identity set.
示例性地,第一终端根据第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,可以包括:第一终端根据第二定位方法,从第二标识集合中确定第一标识。Exemplarily, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second positioning method, which may include: the first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set according to the second positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;In some embodiments, the predetermined set of identities includes at least one set of identities;
所述第一终端根据所述第二标识,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:所述第一终端确定所述第二标识所属的第二标识集合;所述第二标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second identity, including: the first terminal determines the second identity set to which the second identity belongs; the second The identity set is included in the at least one identity set; the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set.
可选地,第二标识集合可以包括至少一个标识集合中的一个或多个标识集合,或者,第二标识集合可以为多个标识集合的交集或并集。可选地,第二标识所属的标识集合可以为一个或多个标识集合。在第二标识所属的集合为一个标识集合的情况下,可以将该一个标识集合确定为第二标识集合。在第二标识所属的集合为多个标识集合的情况下,可以从该多个标识集合确定为第二标识集合,或者可以从该多个标识集合中选择一个标识集合,将该选择的一个标识集合确定为第二标识集合,或者可以将该多个标识集合的并集或交集确定为第二标识集合。Optionally, the second identity set may include one or more identity sets in at least one identity set, or the second identity set may be an intersection or union of multiple identity sets. Optionally, the identity set to which the second identity belongs may be one or more identity sets. When the set to which the second identity belongs is an identity set, the identity set may be determined as the second identity set. When the set to which the second identity belongs is multiple identity sets, the second identity set can be determined from the multiple identity sets, or an identity set can be selected from the multiple identity sets, and the selected identity set can be The set is determined as the second identification set, or the union or intersection of the plurality of identification sets can be determined as the second identification set.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including:
所述第一终端确定所述第二标识集合对应的第二定位方法;The first terminal determines a second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set;
在所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。If the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set.
可选地,所述第一终端确定所述第二标识集合对应的第二定位方法,包括:第一终端根据对应关系,确定第二标识集合对应的第二定位方法。其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第二定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。可选地,第二定位方法可以包括一个或多个定位方法。Optionally, the first terminal determines the second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set, including: the first terminal determines the second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set according to the corresponding relationship. Wherein, the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; the second positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method. Optionally, the second positioning method may include one or more positioning methods.
在本申请任一实施例中,第一定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差(Reference Signal Time Difference,RSTD)定位方法、到达时间差(Time Difference Of Arrival,TDOA)定位方法、观测到达时间差(Observed Time Difference Of Arrival,OTDOA)定位方法、离开角(Angle of Departure,AOD)定位方法、到达角(Angle of Arrival,AOA)定位方法。In any embodiment of the present application, the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: round trip time RTT positioning method, multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference (RSTD) positioning method, arrival Time Difference Of Arrival (TDOA) positioning method, Observed Time Difference Of Arrival (OTDOA) positioning method, Angle of Departure (AOD) positioning method, Angle of Arrival (AOA) positioning method .
在本申请任一实施例中,第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。In any embodiment of the present application, the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: round trip time RTT positioning method, multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, time of arrival difference TDOA positioning method, observed arrival Time difference OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method.
其中,关于此处列举的定位方法的描述,可以参照本申请实施例之外的其它相关技术中的描述,本申请实施例对此不再一一解释。For descriptions of the positioning methods listed here, reference may be made to descriptions in other related technologies other than the embodiments of the present application, which will not be explained one by one in the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请任一实施例中,第一定位方法包括以下至少之一:基于网络设备的定位方法;基于终端的定位方法;基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。In any embodiment of the present application, the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
在本申请任一实施例中,第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:基于网络设备的定位方法;基于终端的定位方法;基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。In any embodiment of the present application, the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
可选地,第一定位方法与第二定位方法可以相同或不同或者部分相同。例如,第一定位方法包括:多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法,第二定位方法包括:多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法和基于终端的定位方法。Optionally, the first positioning method and the second positioning method may be the same or different or partially the same. For example, the first positioning method includes a multi-RTT positioning method, and the second positioning method includes a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method.
可选地,第一定位方法可以为上述列举的任一种定位方法,或者上述列举的至少两种定位方法的结合。例如,第一定位方法可以为multi-RTT定位方法以及AOA定位方法。又例如,第二定位方法可以为multi-RTT定位方法以及基于终端的定位方法。可选地,在存在至少两个定位方法均可以确定位置的情况下,第一终端和/或第二终端可以基于至少两种定位方法分别确定对应的至少两个第一终端的位置信息和/或至少两个第二终端的位置信息,基于至少两个第一终端的位置信息和/或至少两个第二终端的位置信息,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。例如,可以将至少两个第一终端的位置信息和/或至少两个第二终端的位置信息的平均值、最大值、最小值、中位数等值,确定为第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。Optionally, the first positioning method may be any one of the above-listed positioning methods, or a combination of at least two of the above-listed positioning methods. For example, the first positioning method may be a multi-RTT positioning method and an AOA positioning method. For another example, the second positioning method may be a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method. Optionally, when there are at least two positioning methods that can both determine the position, the first terminal and/or the second terminal can respectively determine the position information and/or the corresponding position information of the at least two first terminals based on the at least two positioning methods. or the location information of at least two second terminals, determining the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the location information of at least two first terminals and/or the location information of at least two second terminals. . For example, the average value, maximum value, minimum value, median, etc. of the location information of at least two first terminals and/or the location information of at least two second terminals may be determined as the location information of the first terminal and /or the location information of the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including one of the following:
所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法;The second positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method;
所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于终端的定位方法;The second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method;
所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。The second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
在这种情况下,在第二定位方法包括multi-RTT定位方法的情况下,第一终端在接收到第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下,第一终端需要向第二终端反馈第一定位参考信号。例如,第二终端可以基于发送第二定位参考信号的时间和接收到的至少三个终端(包括第一终端)分别反馈的定位参考信号(包括第一定位参考信号)的时间,确定至少三个终端中每个终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In this case, when the second positioning method includes the multi-RTT positioning method, when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first terminal needs to feedback to the second terminal The first positioning reference signal. For example, the second terminal may determine at least three positioning reference signals (including the first positioning reference signal) based on the time at which the second positioning reference signal is sent and the time at which the positioning reference signals (including the first positioning reference signal) received by at least three terminals (including the first terminal) are respectively fed back. Location information of each terminal among the terminals and/or location information of the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the second identity set.
在另一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some other embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the second identity set according to at least one of the following: The first identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the information sent by the second terminal. The second positioning reference signal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
例如,在第一定位参考信号用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下从第二标识集合中选择的第一标识,可以与第一定位参考信号不用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下从第二标识集合中选择的第一标识相同或不同。For example, when the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first identity selected from the second identity set may be the same as the first positioning reference signal is not used to respond to the second positioning reference signal. In the case where the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal is the same or different, the first identifier selected from the second identifier set is the same.
可选地,在所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述第二标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,所述第一终端根据第二信息,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识;Optionally, in the case where the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the second identifier set based on the first information, the first terminal determines the multiple identifiers from the multiple identifiers based on the second information. the first identifier;
其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息;Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals;
所述第二信息为所述第三信息中除所述第一信息之外的部分信息或全部信息。The second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:所述第一终端从所述预定标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set.
在另一些实施例中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some other embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, including: the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to at least one of the following: The identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, The second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
例如,在第一定位参考信号用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下从预定标识集合中选择的第一标识,可以与第一定位参考信号不用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的情况下从预定标识集合中选择的第一标识相同或不同。For example, in the case where the first positioning reference signal is used in response to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the first identifier selected from the predetermined identifier set may be the same as the first positioning reference signal is not used in response to the second positioning reference signal. In the case of the second positioning reference signals sent by the two terminals, the first identifiers selected from the predetermined identifier set are the same or different.
在本申请任一实施例中,所述第一终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:In any embodiment of this application, the identity of the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
第一终端的小区无线网络临时标识(Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,C-RNTI)中的部分或全部、所述第一终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端在通信组的组内标识(member ID)中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2(layer 2)源目标标识(source ID)中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2目的标识(Destination ID)中的部分或全部。Part or all of the Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) of the first terminal, part or all of the group identification of the communication group in which the first terminal is located, the first terminal Part or all of the group identification (member ID) of the communication group, part or all of the layer 2 source and target identification (source ID) of the first terminal, layer 2 of the first terminal Part or all of the Destination ID.
在本申请任一实施例中,所述第二终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:In any embodiment of this application, the identity of the second terminal includes at least one of the following:
第二终端的C-RNTI中的部分或全部、所述第二终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端在通信组的组内标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2源目标标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2目的标识中的部分或全部。Part or all of the C-RNTI of the second terminal, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group to which the second terminal belongs, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group of the second terminal, all Part or all of the Layer 2 source target identifier of the second terminal, and part or all of the Layer 2 destination identifier of the second terminal.
示例性地,第一终端的标识和/或第二终端的标识可以为上述列举的标识中的全部,或者第一终端的标识和/或第二终端的标识可以为上述列举的标识中的部分。例如,第一终端的标识和/或第二终端的标识可以为预定比特位数。示例性地,第一终端的标识可以为第一终端的C-RNTI中预设比特位数对应的标识。例如,第一终端的标识可以为第一终端的C-RNTI中最高的预设比特位数对应的标识,或者,最低的预设比特位数对应的标识,或者随机选取的预设比特位数对应的标识。可选地,预设比特位数对应的标识可以连续或非连续或部分连续。For example, the identifier of the first terminal and/or the identifier of the second terminal may be all of the above-mentioned identifiers, or the identifier of the first terminal and/or the identifier of the second terminal may be part of the above-mentioned identifiers. . For example, the identification of the first terminal and/or the identification of the second terminal may be a predetermined number of bits. For example, the identity of the first terminal may be an identity corresponding to a preset number of bits in the C-RNTI of the first terminal. For example, the identity of the first terminal may be the identity corresponding to the highest preset number of bits in the C-RNTI of the first terminal, or the identity corresponding to the lowest preset number of bits, or a randomly selected preset number of bits. corresponding identification. Optionally, the identifier corresponding to the preset number of bits may be continuous, non-continuous, or partially continuous.
在本申请的任一实施例中,所述资源信息,包括以下至少之一:时域资源信息、频域资源信息、频率层信息。In any embodiment of the present application, the resource information includes at least one of the following: time domain resource information, frequency domain resource information, and frequency layer information.
可选地,频率层信息可以称为定位频率层(Positioning Frequency Layer)信息。Optionally, the frequency layer information may be called positioning frequency layer (Positioning Frequency Layer) information.
示例性地,第一定位参考信号的资源信息可以表示用于传输第一定位参考信号的资源信息。第二定位参考信号的资源信息可以表示用于传输第二定位参考信号的资源信息。For example, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may represent resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal. The resource information of the second positioning reference signal may represent resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal.
可选地,第一定位参考信号的资源信息可以包括以下至少之一:用于传输第一定位参考信号的时域资源信息、用于传输第一定位参考信号的频域资源信息、用于传输第一定位参考信号的频率层信息。Optionally, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may include at least one of the following: time domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, frequency domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal, Frequency layer information of the first positioning reference signal.
可选地,第二定位参考信号的资源信息可以包括以下至少之一:用于传输第二定位参考信号的时域资源信息、用于传输第二定位参考信号的频域资源信息、用于传输第二定位参考信号的频率层信息。Optionally, the resource information of the second positioning reference signal may include at least one of the following: time domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal, frequency domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal, Frequency layer information of the second positioning reference signal.
可选地,用于传输第一定位参考信号的时域资源信息,与用于传输第二定位参考信号的时域资源信 息,在时隙中的符号可以相同或不同。可选地,用于传输第一定位参考信号的频域资源信息,与用于传输第二定位参考信号的频域资源信息,可以相同或不同。可选地,用于传输第一定位参考信号的频率层信息,与用于传输第二定位参考信号的频率层信息可以相同或不同。Optionally, the time domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal and the time domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal may have the same or different symbols in the time slot. Optionally, the frequency domain resource information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal and the frequency domain resource information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal may be the same or different. Optionally, the frequency layer information used to transmit the first positioning reference signal may be the same as or different from the frequency layer information used to transmit the second positioning reference signal.
可选地,第一定位参考信号的资源信息可以是第一终端根据协议约定的,或者可以是第一终端根据预配置确定的,或者可以是网络设备配置的,或者可以是第二终端配置的,或者可以是第一终端和第二终端外的其它终端配置的,或者可以是第一终端自主确定的。Optionally, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal may be agreed by the first terminal according to the protocol, or may be determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration, or may be configured by the network device, or may be configured by the second terminal. , or may be configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal, or may be determined independently by the first terminal.
可选地,第二定位参考信号的资源信息可以是第二终端根据协议约定的,或者可以是第二终端根据预配置确定的,或者可以是网络设备配置的,或者可以是第一终端配置的,或者可以是第一终端和第二终端外的其它终端配置的,或者可以是第二终端自主确定的。Optionally, the resource information of the second positioning reference signal may be agreed by the second terminal according to the protocol, or may be determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration, or may be configured by the network device, or may be configured by the first terminal. , or may be configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal, or may be determined independently by the second terminal.
在本申请的任一实施例中,所述时域资源信息包括以下至少之一:时间单元信息、在时间单元中占据的第一个符号的位置信息、占据的符号个数信息、重复周期信息、重复次数信息、重复的定位参考信号之间的间隔信息、时隙偏移信息、符号偏移信息。In any embodiment of the present application, the time domain resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, and repetition period information. , repetition number information, interval information between repeated positioning reference signals, time slot offset information, symbol offset information.
在本申请的任一实施例中,所述频域资源信息包括以下至少之一:带宽、起始物理资源块PRB信息、起始资源元素RE偏移信息。In any embodiment of the present application, the frequency domain resource information includes at least one of the following: bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, and starting resource element RE offset information.
在本申请的任一实施例中,所述频率层信息包括以下至少之一:子载波间隔、循环前缀、带宽、起始PRB信息、PointA信息、梳齿尺寸、梳齿间隔、资源单元间隔(Resource Element Spacing)。In any embodiment of the present application, the frequency layer information includes at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth spacing, resource unit spacing ( Resource Element Spacing).
在本申请的任一实施例中,所述资源信息,包括以下至少之一:时间单元信息、在时间单元中占据的第一个符号的位置信息、占据的符号个数信息、重复周期信息、重复次数信息、重复的定位参考信号之间的间隔信息、时隙偏移信息、符号偏移信息、带宽、起始物理资源块PRB信息、起始资源元素RE偏移信息、子载波间隔、循环前缀、PointA信息、梳齿尺寸、梳齿间隔、资源单元间隔。In any embodiment of the present application, the resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, repetition period information, Repeat number information, interval information between repeated positioning reference signals, time slot offset information, symbol offset information, bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, starting resource element RE offset information, subcarrier spacing, cycle Prefix, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth interval, resource unit interval.
可选地,时间单元信息可以为时域资源信息。可选地,时间单元信息包括以下至少之一:定位参考信号(包括第一定位参考信号或第二定位参考信号)所在的时隙信息(例如时隙索引)、定位参考信号在时隙中占据的第一个OFDM符号位置信息(例如,第一个OFDM符号索引)、定位参考信号占据的OFDM符号个数信息。Optionally, the time unit information may be time domain resource information. Optionally, the time unit information includes at least one of the following: time slot information (such as time slot index) in which the positioning reference signal (including the first positioning reference signal or the second positioning reference signal) is located, the time slot occupied by the positioning reference signal in the time slot The first OFDM symbol position information (for example, the first OFDM symbol index) and the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the positioning reference signal.
可选地,时间单元可以包括以下至少之一:一个或多个帧、一个或多个子帧、一个或多个时隙、一个或多个符号。示例性地,时间单元可以为时隙。可选地,在时间单元中占据的第一个符号的位置信息,可以包括:在时隙中占据的第一个符号的位置信息。Optionally, the time unit may include at least one of the following: one or more frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots, and one or more symbols. For example, the time unit may be a time slot. Optionally, the position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit may include: the position information of the first symbol occupied in the time slot.
可选地,定位参考信号(包括第一定位参考信号或第二定位参考信号)可以重复传输,例如,可以在时域上重复传输或者在频域上重复传输。以在时域上重复传输为例,重复周期信息可以为重复传输的定位参考信号的重复周期,重复次数信息可以为重复传输的定位参考信号的重复次数,重复的定位参考信号之间的间隔信息可以为重复传输的定位参考信号的间隔。Optionally, the positioning reference signal (including the first positioning reference signal or the second positioning reference signal) may be repeatedly transmitted, for example, may be repeatedly transmitted in the time domain or in the frequency domain. Taking repeated transmission in the time domain as an example, the repetition period information can be the repetition period of the repeatedly transmitted positioning reference signal, the repetition number information can be the number of repetitions of the repeatedly transmitted positioning reference signal, and the interval information between repeated positioning reference signals. Can be the interval for repeated transmission of positioning reference signals.
可选地,循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)可以包括普通CP(normal CP)或扩展CP(extended CP)。定位参考信号的循环前缀可以包括:用于传输定位参考信号的时隙中的CP为普通CP或扩展CP。Optionally, the cyclic prefix (CP) may include a normal CP (normal CP) or an extended CP (extended CP). The cyclic prefix of the positioning reference signal may include: the CP in the time slot used for transmitting the positioning reference signal is a normal CP or an extended CP.
可选地,带宽可以包括:用于传输定位参考信号的带宽,或者系统带宽。Optionally, the bandwidth may include: a bandwidth used to transmit the positioning reference signal, or a system bandwidth.
可选地,PointA信息可以包括PointA位置信息。PointA位置信息可以为公共资源块(Common Resource Block,CRB)0的子载波0的中心位置信息。Optionally, PointA information may include PointA location information. The PointA location information may be the center location information of subcarrier 0 of Common Resource Block (CRB) 0.
可选地,用于传输定位参考信号的资源信息可以为梳齿资源。Optionally, the resource information used to transmit the positioning reference signal may be comb resources.
可选地,资源单元间隔可以表示用于传输定位参考信号的两个资源单元之间的时域间隔和/或频域间隔。Optionally, the resource unit interval may represent the time domain interval and/or frequency domain interval between two resource units used for transmitting the positioning reference signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:In some embodiments, the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, including:
在所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述预定标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,所述第一终端根据第二信息,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识;In the case where the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the predetermined identifier set based on the first information, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the multiple identifiers based on the second information;
其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息;Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals;
所述第二信息为所述第三信息中除所述第一信息之外的部分信息或全部信息。The second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
示例性地,在所述第一终端根据所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息,从所述预定标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,第一终端根据所述第一终端的标识,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识。可选地,第一终端根据所述第一终端的标识,从所述多个标识中确定至少两个标识的情况下,第一终端根据所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号,从至少两个标识中确定第一标识。Exemplarily, in the case where the first terminal determines multiple identities from the predetermined identity set based on the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, the first terminal determines from the set of identities based on the identity of the first terminal. The first identifier is determined among the plurality of identifiers. Optionally, when the first terminal determines at least two identities from the plurality of identities according to the identity of the first terminal, the first terminal determines whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the first positioning reference signal. The second positioning reference signal sent by the two terminals determines the first identity from at least two identities.
在一些实施例中,所述第二标识和所述第一标识相同。In some embodiments, the second identification and the first identification are the same.
在另一些实施例中,所述第二标识和所述第一标识具有函数关系。例如,第二标识可以根据以下公式确定:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000014
或者第一标识可以根据以下公式确定:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000015
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000016
表示第二标识;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000017
表示第一标识;f1()和f2()表示函数关系。
In other embodiments, the second identification and the first identification have a functional relationship. For example, the second identity can be determined according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000014
Or the first identifier can be determined according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000015
in,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000016
Represents the second identifier;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000017
Represents the first identifier; f1() and f2() represent functional relationships.
在本申请任一实施例中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In any embodiment of the present application, the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by the protocol; or the predetermined identity set is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device ; Or, the predetermined identification set is configured by the second terminal; or the predetermined identification set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图,如图13所示,该方法包括:Figure 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the method includes:
S1301、第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。S1301. The second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to the first identifier in the predetermined identifier set.
可选地,第一终端和第二终端均可以预配置预定标识集合。Optionally, both the first terminal and the second terminal may pre-configure a predetermined identity set.
在本申请任一实施例中,第一定位参考信号用于确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。示例性地,可以根据第一定位参考信号的发送时间和/或接收时间,或者,根据第一定位参考信号在发送时的时域信息和/或在接收时的时域信息,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In any embodiment of the present application, the first positioning reference signal is used to determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal. For example, the first terminal may be determined based on the sending time and/or receiving time of the first positioning reference signal, or based on time domain information when sending and/or time domain information when receiving the first positioning reference signal. location information and/or location information of the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,第二终端接收到第一定位参考信号之后,可以基于第一定位参考信号的发送时间和/或第一定位参考信号的接收时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。在另一些实施例中,第二终端在接收到第一定位参考信号之前,可以向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号,第二终端可以基于发送第二定位参考信号的时间,和/或接收到第一定位参考信号的时间,和/或第一终端接收到第二定位参考信号的时间,和/或第一终端发送第一定位参考信号的时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第一终端接收到第二定位参考信号的时间,和/或第一终端发送第一定位参考信号的时间,可以是第一终端向第二终端发送的。In some embodiments, after receiving the first positioning reference signal, the second terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or based on the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and/or the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal. Location information of the second terminal. In other embodiments, before receiving the first positioning reference signal, the second terminal may send the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal, and the second terminal may send the second positioning reference signal based on the time and/or receive the second positioning reference signal. The time to the first positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal, and/or the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal, determine the location information of the first terminal and/or Location information of the second terminal. Optionally, the time when the first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal and/or the time when the first terminal sends the first positioning reference signal may be sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
可选地,第二终端还可以将第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息向第一终端发送。可选地,第二终端可以向第一终端发送用于确定位置信息的参数(例如,定位参考信号发送和/或接收的时间),使得第一终端可以基于该参数确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,从而第二终端可以接收第一终端发送的第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第二终端可以向第一终端发送基于第一定位参考信号的测量结果,第一终端可以基于该测量结果确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。Optionally, the second terminal may also send the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal to the first terminal. Optionally, the second terminal may send parameters for determining location information to the first terminal (for example, the time at which the positioning reference signal is sent and/or received), so that the first terminal can determine the location information of the first terminal based on the parameters. and/or the location information of the second terminal, so that the second terminal can receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal. Optionally, the second terminal may send a measurement result based on the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal, and the first terminal may determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal based on the measurement result.
在另一些实施例中,第二终端接收到第一定位参考信号之后,可以向第一终端发送第三定位参考信号,以使第一终端根据第一定位参考信号的发送时间和第三定位参考信号的接收时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息,或者,以使第一终端根据第一定位参考信号的发送时间,和/或第三定位参考信号的接收时间,和/或第二终端向第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号的接收时间,和/或第二终端向第一终端发送的第三定位参考信号的发送时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。可选地,第二终端还可以接收第一终端发送的第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。In other embodiments, after receiving the first positioning reference signal, the second terminal may send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal, so that the first terminal determines the first positioning reference signal according to the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal. The reception time of the signal determines the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal, or so that the first terminal determines the location information of the first terminal according to the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and/or the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal. , and/or the reception time of the first positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, and/or the sending time of the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, determine the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal. Optionally, the second terminal may also receive the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal sent by the first terminal.
可选地,第一定位参考信号可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。可选地,位置信息和/或测量结果可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the first positioning reference signal may be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE. Optionally, location information and/or measurement results can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。In some embodiments, the method further includes: the second terminal determining, based on the first positioning reference signal, whether to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
可选地,第二终端可以根据第一定位参考信号,确定向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号,或者,第二终端可以根据第一定位参考信号,确定不向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。Optionally, the second terminal may determine to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, or the second terminal may determine to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal according to the first positioning reference signal. , determining not to feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
可选地,在第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号的情况下,第二终端可以根据第一定位参考信号确定第一终端的位置信息和/或第二终端的位置信息。Optionally, in the case where the second terminal does not feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal, the second terminal may determine the position of the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal. information and/or location information of the second terminal.
可选地,第三定位参考信号可以承载在SCI、PC5-RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the third positioning reference signal can be carried in SCI, PC5-RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端发送第三定位参考信号,包括:In some embodiments, the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
在所述第一定位信号为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,所述第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。In the case where the first positioning signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the second terminal does not feedback the feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal. a third positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal.
可选地,在第二终端向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号后,且第二定位参考信号对应的第二定位方法包括multi-RTT定位方法,第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号,则第一定位参考信号为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号,第二终端确定不反馈第三定位参考信号。Optionally, after the second terminal sends the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal, and the second positioning method corresponding to the second positioning reference signal includes the multi-RTT positioning method, the second terminal receives the first positioning method sent by the first terminal. positioning reference signal, the first positioning reference signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, and the second terminal determines not to feed back the third positioning reference signal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端发送第三定 位参考信号,包括:In some embodiments, the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
在所述第一定位信号不为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,所述第二终端确定所述第一定位参考信号对应的第一标识;In the case where the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the second terminal determines that the first positioning reference signal corresponds to first identification;
所述第二终端确定所述第一标识对应的所述第一定位方法;The second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification;
在所述第一定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号;或者,When the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal feeds back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal; or,
在所述第一定位方法为不需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。If the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, the second terminal does not feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
可选地,在所述第一定位信号不为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,第一定位信号为第一终端主动向第二终端发送的信号。Optionally, in the case where the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the first positioning signal is a signal actively sent by the first terminal to the first terminal. The signal sent by the second terminal.
可选地,第二终端可以根据上述公式(1)至公式(5),确定所述第一定位参考信号对应的第一标识。可选地,所述第二终端确定所述第一定位参考信号对应的第一标识的实施方式,可以与上述实施例中,所述第一终端确定所述第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识的实施方式类似。Optionally, the second terminal may determine the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal according to the above formula (1) to formula (5). Optionally, the implementation in which the second terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal may be the same as in the above embodiment, in which the first terminal determines the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal. Identification is implemented similarly.
可选地,所述第一定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including at least one of the following:
所述第一定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法;The first positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method;
所述第一定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于终端的定位方法;The first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method;
所述第一定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。The first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
在一些实施例中,所述第一定位方法为不需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括以下至少之一:所述第一定位方法包括:往返时间RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。在另一些实施例中,所述第一定位方法为不需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括:所述第一定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于网络设备的定位方法。In some embodiments, the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, including at least one of the following: the first positioning method includes: round trip time RTT positioning method, reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, arrival Time difference TDOA positioning method, observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method. In other embodiments, the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, including: the first positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a network device-based positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端确定所述第一标识对应的所述第一定位方法,包括:所述第二终端确定所述第一标识属于第一标识集合;所述第二终端确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier, including: the second terminal determines that the first identifier belongs to a first identifier set; the second terminal Determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set.
可选地,第一标识集合可以包括一个或多个标识集合。可选地,在第一标识集合属于一个标识集合的情况下,第二终端可以将该一个标识集合确定为第一标识集合。可选地,在第一标识集合属于多个标识集合的情况下,第二终端可以将该多个标识集合确定为第一标识集合,或者,第二终端可以从多个标识集合中确定一个标识集合,并将确定的一个标识集合确定为第一标识集合,或者,第二终端可以将多个标识集合的交集或并集确定为第一标识集合。Optionally, the first identification set may include one or more identification sets. Optionally, when the first identification set belongs to one identification set, the second terminal may determine the one identification set as the first identification set. Optionally, when the first identity set belongs to multiple identity sets, the second terminal may determine the multiple identity sets as the first identity set, or the second terminal may determine an identity from the multiple identity sets. sets, and determines a determined identity set as the first identity set, or the second terminal may determine the intersection or union of multiple identity sets as the first identity set.
可选地,第一标识集合可以对应一个定位方法或者多个定位方法。Optionally, the first identification set may correspond to one positioning method or multiple positioning methods.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法,包括:所述第二终端根据对应关系,确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set, including: the second terminal determines the third positioning method corresponding to the first identification set according to the corresponding relationship. A positioning method; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述对应关系是协议约定的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the first terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,第二终端可以向第一终端主动发送第二定位参考信号之后,第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号。In some embodiments, after the second terminal actively sends the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal, the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method further includes:
所述第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识;The second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set;
所述第二终端根据所述第二标识,向所述第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。The second terminal sends a second positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the second identification.
可选地,第二终端可以根据第二标识,确定第二定位参考信号;第二终端向所述第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。Optionally, the second terminal may determine the second positioning reference signal according to the second identifier; the second terminal sends the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
可选地,第二终端向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号,可以包括:第二终端以广播/组播的方式发送第二定位参考信号,从而使得第二终端能够向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。可选地,第二终端向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号,可以包括:第二终端以单播的方式向第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。Optionally, the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal may include: the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the second terminal can send the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal. 2. Positioning reference signal. Optionally, the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal may include: the second terminal sending the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal in a unicast manner.
可选地,第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识的方式,与第一终端从预定标识集中确定第一标识的方式类似,第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识的描述,可以参照第一终端从预定标识集中确定第一标识的描述。Optionally, the second terminal determines the second identity from the predetermined identity set in a manner similar to the way the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set, and the second terminal determines the description of the second identity from the predetermined identity set, The description of the first identification may be determined with reference to the first terminal from the predetermined identification set.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识,包括:所述第二终端获取第二定位方法;所述第二终端根据所述第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第二标识。In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set, including: the second terminal obtains a second positioning method; the second terminal obtains a second positioning method from the second positioning method according to the second positioning method. The second identification is determined from a predetermined identification set.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;In some embodiments, the predetermined set of identities includes at least one set of identities;
所述第二终端根据所述第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第二标识,包括:The second terminal determines the second identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second positioning method, including:
所述第二终端确定所述第二定位方法对应的第二标识集合;其中,所述第二标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;The second terminal determines a second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method; wherein the second identification set is included in the at least one identification set;
所述第二终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第二标识。The second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第二标识,包括:所述第二终端从所述第二标识集合中随机确定所述第二标识。In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set, including: the second terminal randomly determines the second identity from the second identity set.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第二标识,包括:所述第二终端根据以下至少之一,从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第二标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第二定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第一终端发送的某一定位参考信号、所述第一终端发送的某一定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第一终端发送的某一定位参考信号的资源信息。In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set, including: the second terminal determines the second identity from the second identity set according to at least one of the following: The second identification: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, whether the second positioning reference signal is used to respond to a certain signal sent by the first terminal. A positioning reference signal, a second identifier corresponding to a certain positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal, and resource information of a certain positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端确定所述第二定位方法对应的第二标识集合,包括:In some embodiments, the second terminal determines the second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method, including:
所述第二终端根据对应关系,确定所述第二定位方法对应的所述第二标识集合;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第二定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The second terminal determines the second identification set corresponding to the second positioning method according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; The second positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端获取第二定位方法,包括:In some embodiments, the second terminal obtains the second positioning method, including:
所述第二终端根据协议约定确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据预配置确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法。The second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to preconfiguration; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to network device configuration information. the second positioning method; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the first terminal and the second terminal. Information configured by other terminals determines the second positioning method.
在一些实施例中,第一定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。In some embodiments, the first positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, an arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, an observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, arrival angle AOA positioning method.
在一些实施例中,第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。In some embodiments, the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, an arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, an observed time difference of arrival OTDOA positioning method, angle of departure AOD positioning method, angle of arrival AOA positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the first terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图,如图14所示,该方法包括:Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the method includes:
S1401、网络设备向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。S1401. The network device configures a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
可选地,关于预定标识集合的描述可以参照上述实施例的描述而理解。Optionally, the description about the predetermined identification set can be understood with reference to the description of the above embodiments.
可选地,网络设备可以以广播/组播的方式发送预设标识集合,从而网络设备向第一终端配置预定标识集合,或者,网络设备可以以单播的方式向第一终端发送预定标识集合。Optionally, the network device may send the preset identity set in a broadcast/multicast manner, so that the network device configures the predetermined identity set to the first terminal, or the network device may send the predetermined identity set to the first terminal in a unicast manner. .
可选地,所述预定标识集合可以承载在系统消息、下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)、RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the predetermined identity set may be carried in system messages, downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), RRC signaling or MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;所述至少一个标识集合包括第一标识集合,所述第一标识集合包括所述第一标识;In some embodiments, the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the at least one identification set includes a first identification set, and the first identification set includes the first identification;
所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间具有对应关系;There is a corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method;
所述第一标识集合对应所述第一定位方法;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The first identification set corresponds to the first positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述第一终端配置所述对应关系和/或所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the method further includes: the network device configuring the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method to the first terminal.
可选地,所述对应关系和/或所述第一定位方法可以承载在系统消息、DCI、RRC信令或MAC CE中。Optionally, the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method may be carried in system messages, DCI, RRC signaling or MAC CE.
本申请实施例给出了如何确定定位参考信号序列标识
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000018
(包括上述的第一标识和/或第二标识)的方法。
The embodiment of this application provides how to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000018
(including the above-mentioned first identification and/or second identification) method.
以下以另一种方式说明本申请的实施例:The following describes the embodiments of the present application in another way:
在一些实施例中,可以配置多个定位参考信号序列标识集合(对应上述的预定标识集合),不同的定位参考信号序列标识集合适用于不同的定位方法。In some embodiments, multiple positioning reference signal sequence identification sets (corresponding to the above-mentioned predetermined identification sets) can be configured, and different positioning reference signal sequence identification sets are suitable for different positioning methods.
每个定位参考信号序列标识集合中包括一个或多个定位参考信号序列标识;当定位参考信号序列标 识集合包含一个定位参考信号序列标识时,该定位参考信号序列标识集合又可表示为该定位参考信号序列标识。可选地,定位参考信号序列标识集合和定位方法具有对应关系,该对应关系是预配置或网络配置的。Each positioning reference signal sequence identifier set includes one or more positioning reference signal sequence identifiers; when the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set contains a positioning reference signal sequence identifier, the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set can also be represented as the positioning reference Signal sequence identifier. Optionally, the positioning reference signal sequence identification set and the positioning method have a corresponding relationship, and the corresponding relationship is preconfigured or configured by the network.
在一些示例中,第一终端获取第一信息,根据该第一信息确定第一定位方法;第一终端获取第二信息,根据该第二信息确定定位方法和定位参考信号序列标识集合之间的对应关系;第一终端根据第一定位方法以及对应关系,确定定位参考信号序列标识集合,第一终端从该定位参考信号序列标识集合中确定第一定位参考信号序列标识(对应上述的第一标识)。例如,第一终端从该定位参考信号序列集合中随机选取一个定位参考信号序列标识作为所述第一定位参考信号序列标识。又例如,第一终端根据以下至少之一,从定位参考信号序列标识集合中确定第一定位参考信号序列标识:第一终端的标识、第二终端的标识、第一定位参考信号的资源信息、第一定位参考信号是否用于响应第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some examples, the first terminal obtains first information and determines a first positioning method based on the first information; the first terminal obtains second information and determines a relationship between the positioning method and the positioning reference signal sequence identification set based on the second information. Correspondence: the first terminal determines a set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers according to the first positioning method and the corresponding relationship, and the first terminal determines a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier (corresponding to the above-mentioned first identifier) from the set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers. ). For example, the first terminal randomly selects a positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the positioning reference signal sequence set as the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier. For another example, the first terminal determines the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set according to at least one of the following: the identifier of the first terminal, the identifier of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
在另一些示例中,第一终端接收到第二终端发送的定位参考信号,确定该定位参考信号对应的第二定位参考信号序列标识(对应上述的第二标识);第一终端获取第二信息,根据该第二信息确定定位方法和定位参考信号序列标识集合之间的对应关系;第一终端根据第二定位参考信号序列标识以及对应关系确定定位方法。进一步的,第一终端可以根据定位方法确定是否需要向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。例如,若该定位方法为Multi-RTT方法,则第一终端确定发送第一定位参考信号;若该定位方法为RSTD或TDOA方法,则第一终端确定不发送第一定位参考信号。In other examples, the first terminal receives the positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal and determines the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the positioning reference signal (corresponding to the above-mentioned second identifier); the first terminal obtains the second information , determine the corresponding relationship between the positioning method and the positioning reference signal sequence identifier set according to the second information; the first terminal determines the positioning method according to the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the corresponding relationship. Further, the first terminal may determine whether it is necessary to send the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the positioning method. For example, if the positioning method is the Multi-RTT method, the first terminal determines to send the first positioning reference signal; if the positioning method is the RSTD or TDOA method, the first terminal determines not to send the first positioning reference signal.
在另一些实施例中,可以配置多个定位参考信号序列标识集合,包括第一定位参考信号序列标识集合和第二定位参考信号序列标识集合,其中,第一定位参考信号序列标识集合适用于基于网络设备的定位中,第二定位参考信号序列标识集合适用于基于终端的定位中。可选地,还可以包括第三定位参考信号序列标识集合,第三定位参考信号序列标识集合适用于基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。可选地,第三定位参考信号序列标识集可以为第一定位参考信号序列标识集合和第二定位参考信号序列标识集合的交集或并集。In other embodiments, multiple positioning reference signal sequence identification sets may be configured, including a first positioning reference signal sequence identification set and a second positioning reference signal sequence identification set, wherein the first positioning reference signal sequence identification set is suitable for based on In the positioning of network equipment, the second positioning reference signal sequence identification set is suitable for terminal-based positioning. Optionally, a third positioning reference signal sequence identifier set may also be included, and the third positioning reference signal sequence identifier set is suitable for a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals. Optionally, the third positioning reference signal sequence identification set may be the intersection or union of the first positioning reference signal sequence identification set and the second positioning reference signal sequence identification set.
其中,所述基于网络设备的定位指的是定位参考信号的发送端或接收端是网络设备;所述基于终端的定位指的是定位参考信号的发送端或接收端都是终端。基于网络设备和终端结合的定位指定位参考信号的发送端或接收端既可以是网络设备,也可以是终端。Wherein, the positioning based on the network device means that the sending end or the receiving end of the positioning reference signal is a network device; the positioning based on the terminal means that the sending end or the receiving end of the positioning reference signal are both terminals. The transmitter or receiver of the positioning reference signal based on the combination of network equipment and terminals can be either a network equipment or a terminal.
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种基于网络设备的定位的示意图,如图15所示,三个网络设备向目标终端(例如是上述的第一终端或第二终端)发送定位参考信号,目标终端可以根据定位参考信号,确定目标终端的位置信息和/或目标终端相对于三个网络设备的位置信息。例如,目标终端可以根据定位参考信号发送的时间和接收的时间,确定位置信息。需要说明的是,虽然图15示出的是通过三个网络设备发送的定位参考信号确定位置,然而在其它实施例中,还可以通过四个或四个以上的网络设备发送的定位参考信号确定位置。Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of positioning based on network devices provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, three network devices send positioning reference signals to the target terminal (for example, the first terminal or the second terminal mentioned above). The target terminal may determine the location information of the target terminal and/or the location information of the target terminal relative to the three network devices according to the positioning reference signal. For example, the target terminal can determine the location information based on the time when the positioning reference signal is sent and the time when it is received. It should be noted that although Figure 15 shows that the position is determined by positioning reference signals sent by three network devices, in other embodiments, the position can also be determined by positioning reference signals sent by four or more network devices. Location.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种基于终端的定位的示意图,如图16所示,三个终端可以向目标终端发送定位参考信号,目标终端可以根据定位参考信号,确定目标终端的位置信息和/或目标终端相对于三个终端的位置信息。例如,目标终端可以根据定位参考信号发送的时间和接收的时间,确定位置信息。需要说明的是,虽然图16示出的是通过三个终端发送的定位参考信号确定位置,然而在其它实施例中,还可以通过四个或四个以上的终端发送的定位参考信号确定位置。Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of terminal-based positioning provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, three terminals can send positioning reference signals to the target terminal, and the target terminal can determine the location information of the target terminal based on the positioning reference signal. and/or the location information of the target terminal relative to the three terminals. For example, the target terminal can determine the location information based on the time when the positioning reference signal is sent and the time when it is received. It should be noted that although FIG. 16 shows that the position is determined through positioning reference signals sent by three terminals, in other embodiments, the position can also be determined through positioning reference signals sent by four or more terminals.
在对终端进行定位的方法中,包括基于网络设备的定位方法,基于终端的定位方法,以及结合基于网络设备定位方法和基于终端定位方法的方法(即上述的基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法),可以为这三种方法中的至少一种方法配置相应的定位参考信号序列标识集合,可以使得终端根据检测到的定位参考信号序列标识,确定是否需要发送相应的定位参考信号。Methods for positioning terminals include network device-based positioning methods, terminal-based positioning methods, and methods that combine network device-based positioning methods and terminal-based positioning methods (i.e., the above-mentioned positioning method based on a combination of network equipment and terminals) ), a corresponding positioning reference signal sequence identifier set can be configured for at least one of the three methods, which can enable the terminal to determine whether to send a corresponding positioning reference signal based on the detected positioning reference signal sequence identifier.
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种确定是否反馈定位参考信号的示意图,如图17所示,系统中某些终端被配置为基于网络设备的定位方法,如第一终端;某些终端被配置为基于终端的定位方法,如第三终端;所述第一终端和第三终端都采用基于Multi-RTT的定位方法。Figure 17 is a schematic diagram for determining whether to feed back a positioning reference signal provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, some terminals in the system are configured to use a positioning method based on network equipment, such as the first terminal; some terminals are Configured as a terminal-based positioning method, such as a third terminal; both the first terminal and the third terminal adopt a Multi-RTT-based positioning method.
第一终端获取第一信息,根据第一信息确定基于网络设备定位方法所对应的第一定位参考信号序列标识集合(可以对应于第一标识集合),并且从中选取第一定位参考信号序列标识(对应上述的第一标识),根据该标识生成第一定位参考信号,向网络设备和第二终端发送该第一定位参考信号。其中,第一终端可以广播或组播第一定位参考信号。The first terminal obtains the first information, determines a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set (which may correspond to the first identifier set) based on the network device positioning method based on the first information, and selects the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier ( Corresponding to the above-mentioned first identifier), generate a first positioning reference signal according to the identifier, and send the first positioning reference signal to the network device and the second terminal. The first terminal may broadcast or multicast the first positioning reference signal.
第三终端获取第二信息,根据第二信息确定基于终端定位方法所对应的第二定位参考信号序列标识集合,并且从中选取第四定位参考信号序列标识,根据该标识生成第四定位参考信号,向第二终端发送该第四定位参考信号。其中,第三终端可以广播或组播第四定位参考信号。需要说明的是,虽然图17 示出的是第三终端向第二终端发送第四定位参考信号,但是在其它实施例中,第三终端还可以向图17中未示出的第四终端、第五终端以及网络设备等发送第四定位参考信号。The third terminal acquires the second information, determines a second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the terminal positioning method based on the second information, selects a fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifier set therefrom, and generates a fourth positioning reference signal based on the identifier, Send the fourth positioning reference signal to the second terminal. The third terminal may broadcast or multicast the fourth positioning reference signal. It should be noted that although Figure 17 shows the third terminal sending the fourth positioning reference signal to the second terminal, in other embodiments, the third terminal can also send the fourth terminal not shown in Figure 17, The fifth terminal, network equipment, etc. send the fourth positioning reference signal.
第二终端检测到第一定位参考信号和第四定位参考信号,确定相应的第一定位参考信号序列标识以及第四定位参考信号序列标识,结合第一信息和第二信息(其中,第一信息包括:基于网络设备定位方法所对应的第一定位参考信号序列标识集合;第二信息包括:基于终端定位方法所对应的第二定位参考信号序列标识集合),确定第一定位参考信号序列标识和第四定位参考信号序列标识,分别属于第一定位参考信号序列标识集合和第二定位参考信号序列标识集合,且这两个集合分别对应于基于网络设备的定位以及基于终端的定位。这样,第二终端确定向第三终端发送第五定位参考信号(可选地,第五定位参考信号可以是通过单播的方式发送的),以响应于第三终端的第四定位参考信号,且不向第一终端反馈定位参考信号。可选地,第三终端可以根据发出的第四定位参考信号的时间和/或接收到第五定位参考信号的时间,确定第二终端的位置信息和/或第三终端的位置信息。可选地,第二终端的位置信息包括第二终端的当前位置信息和/或第二终端相对于第三终端的位置信息;第三终端的位置信息包括第三终端的当前位置信息和/或第三终端相对于第二终端的位置信息。The second terminal detects the first positioning reference signal and the fourth positioning reference signal, determines the corresponding first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifier, and combines the first information and the second information (where the first information including: a first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the network device positioning method; the second information includes: a second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set corresponding to the terminal positioning method), determining the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and The fourth positioning reference signal sequence identifiers respectively belong to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier set and the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier set, and these two sets respectively correspond to network device-based positioning and terminal-based positioning. In this way, the second terminal determines to send the fifth positioning reference signal to the third terminal (optionally, the fifth positioning reference signal may be sent in a unicast manner) in response to the fourth positioning reference signal of the third terminal, And no positioning reference signal is fed back to the first terminal. Optionally, the third terminal may determine the location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the third terminal based on the time of sending the fourth positioning reference signal and/or the time of receiving the fifth positioning reference signal. Optionally, the location information of the second terminal includes the current location information of the second terminal and/or the location information of the second terminal relative to the third terminal; the location information of the third terminal includes the current location information of the third terminal and/or Location information of the third terminal relative to the second terminal.
需要说明在图17中未示出的是,在网络设备接收到第一定位参考信号之后,可以向第一终端反馈第六定位参考信号(可选地,第六定位参考信号可以是通过单播的方式发送的),以使第一终端根据发送第一定位参考信号的时间和/或接收到第六定位参考信号的时间,确定第一终端的位置信息和/或网络设备的位置信息。可选地,第一终端的位置信息包括第一终端的当前位置信息和/或第一终端相对网络设备的位置信息;网络设备的位置信息包括网络设备的当前位置信息和/或网络设备相对于第一终端的位置信息。It should be noted that what is not shown in Figure 17 is that after the network device receives the first positioning reference signal, the sixth positioning reference signal may be fed back to the first terminal (optionally, the sixth positioning reference signal may be transmitted through unicast (sent in a manner), so that the first terminal determines the location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the network device based on the time when the first positioning reference signal is sent and/or the time when the sixth positioning reference signal is received. Optionally, the location information of the first terminal includes the current location information of the first terminal and/or the location information of the first terminal relative to the network device; the location information of the network device includes the current location information of the network device and/or the location information of the network device relative to Location information of the first terminal.
在其它实施例中,若第一终端被配置为基于终端的定位方法,或者被配置为基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法,第二终端在接收到第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号的情况下,需要向第一终端反馈第三定位参考信号。或者在其它实施例中,第二终端可以被配置为基于终端的定位方法,或者被配置为基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法,第二终端可以广播或组播第二定位参考信号,在第一终端接收到第二定位参考信号的情况下,第一终端需要向第二终端反馈第一定位参考信号。In other embodiments, if the first terminal is configured as a terminal-based positioning method, or is configured as a positioning method based on a combination of network equipment and terminals, the second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal. In this case, the third positioning reference signal needs to be fed back to the first terminal. Or in other embodiments, the second terminal may be configured as a terminal-based positioning method, or configured as a positioning method based on a combination of the network device and the terminal, and the second terminal may broadcast or multicast the second positioning reference signal. When a terminal receives the second positioning reference signal, the first terminal needs to feed back the first positioning reference signal to the second terminal.
可选地,第三终端确定第四定位参考信号的方式可以与上述第一终端确定第一定位参考信号的方式类似;第二终端确定第五定位参考信号的方式可以与上述第二终端确定第三定位参考信号的方式类似。Optionally, the third terminal may determine the fourth positioning reference signal in a manner similar to the first terminal determining the first positioning reference signal; the second terminal may determine the fifth positioning reference signal in a manner similar to the second terminal determining the third positioning reference signal. The method of positioning the reference signal is similar.
在又一些实施例中,终端(第一终端或第二终端)获取定位参考信号序列标识集合,该集合中包括N个定位参考信号序列标识,N为大于或等于1的整数,终端基于以下信息中至少一种确定定位参考信号序列标识:终端标识信息、待发送的定位参考信号的资源信息、接收到的定位参考信号的资源信息、待发送的第二定位参考信号是否用于响应接收到的第一定位参考信号、接收到的定位参考信号对应的定位参考信号序列标识。In some embodiments, the terminal (the first terminal or the second terminal) obtains a set of positioning reference signal sequence identifiers, which includes N positioning reference signal sequence identifiers, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and the terminal is based on the following information Determine at least one of the positioning reference signal sequence identifiers: terminal identification information, resource information of the positioning reference signal to be sent, resource information of the received positioning reference signal, and whether the second positioning reference signal to be sent is used to respond to the received positioning reference signal. The first positioning reference signal and the positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the received positioning reference signal.
可选地,终端标识包括以下至少之一:小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI,终端所在的通信组的组标识,终端在通信组的组内标识,层2源目标标识,层2目的标识(Destination ID)。可选地,所述终端标识信息可以是上述列举的一个或多个终端标识的全部或部分标识信息。例如,所述终端标识信息包括终端标识的部分比特序列。Optionally, the terminal identity includes at least one of the following: cell wireless network temporary identity C-RNTI, group identity of the communication group where the terminal is located, group identity of the terminal in the communication group, layer 2 source target identity, layer 2 destination identity ( Destination ID). Optionally, the terminal identification information may be all or part of the identification information of one or more terminal identifications listed above. For example, the terminal identification information includes a partial bit sequence of the terminal identification.
可选的,所述资源信息包括以下任意至少一种:Optionally, the resource information includes at least one of the following:
定位参考信号的时域资源信息(如以下至少之一:定位参考信号所在的时隙信息,定位参考信号在时隙中占据的第一个OFDM符号位置信息,定位参考信号占据的OFDM符号个数信息,定位参考信号的重复周期信息,定位参考信号的重复次数信息;相邻两个重复的定位参考信号的时域间隔信息;时隙偏移信息;符号偏移信息);Time domain resource information of the positioning reference signal (such as at least one of the following: the time slot information where the positioning reference signal is located, the position information of the first OFDM symbol occupied by the positioning reference signal in the time slot, the number of OFDM symbols occupied by the positioning reference signal Information, the repetition period information of the positioning reference signal, the repetition number information of the positioning reference signal; the time domain interval information of two adjacent repeated positioning reference signals; time slot offset information; symbol offset information);
定位参考信号的频域资源信息(如以下至少之一:定位参考信号PRS的带宽,PRS的起始PRB信息,PRS的起始RE偏移信息);Frequency domain resource information of the positioning reference signal (such as at least one of the following: the bandwidth of the positioning reference signal PRS, the starting PRB information of the PRS, and the starting RE offset information of the PRS);
定位频率层信息,该信息用于指示以下至少之一:PRS的子载波间隔,循环前缀,资源的带宽,起始PRB信息,PointA信息,梳齿尺寸或资源单元间隔。Locate frequency layer information, which is used to indicate at least one of the following: PRS subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, resource bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb size or resource unit spacing.
在一些示例中,可以基于终端标识确定定位参考信号序列标识。例如,为了实现对第一终端的定位,第一终端和其他几个终端或路边单元(Road Side Unit,RSU)构成通信组,第一终端根据该通信组的组标识信息,或第一终端在该通信组内的组内标识信息确定定位参考信号序列标识。In some examples, the positioning reference signal sequence identity may be determined based on the terminal identity. For example, in order to locate the first terminal, the first terminal and several other terminals or Road Side Units (Road Side Unit, RSU) form a communication group, and the first terminal determines or The intra-group identification information within the communication group determines the positioning reference signal sequence identification.
在另一些示例中,可以基于定位参考信号的资源确定定位参考信号序列标识。例如,第一终端获取第一信息,根据第一信息确定定位参考信号资源,即用于传输定位参考信号的传输资源;第一终端根据该定位参考信号的时域资源和/或频域资源信息确定一个或多个定位参考信号序列标识;若确定出多个定位参考信号序列标识,进一步的,第一终端根据其他信息从该多个定位参考信号序列标识中确定一个定位参考信号序列标识,该其他信息例如是终端标识信息。In other examples, the positioning reference signal sequence identifier may be determined based on resources of the positioning reference signal. For example, the first terminal obtains the first information and determines the positioning reference signal resource according to the first information, that is, the transmission resource used to transmit the positioning reference signal; the first terminal determines the positioning reference signal according to the time domain resource and/or frequency domain resource information of the positioning reference signal. Determine one or more positioning reference signal sequence identifiers; if multiple positioning reference signal sequence identifiers are determined, further, the first terminal determines a positioning reference signal sequence identifier from the multiple positioning reference signal sequence identifiers based on other information. Other information is, for example, terminal identification information.
在又一些示例中,可以基于接收到的定位参考信号序列对应的定位参考信号序列标识,确定定位参考信号序列标识。例如,第一终端接收到其他终端发送的第二定位参考信号,第一终端需要发送响应于该第二定位参考信号的第一定位参考信号,此时,该第一定位参考信号序列标识可以基于该第二定位参考信号序列标识确定。例如,第二定位参考信号序列对应于第二定位参考信号序列标识;第一定位参考信号序列对应于第一定位参考信号序列标识,第一定位参考信号序列标识与第二定位参考信号序列具有对应关系,例如,两个定位参考信号序列标识相同;或者,第二定位参考信号序列标识和第一定位参考信号序列标识具有函数关系,即根据第二定位参考信号序列标识和所述函数关系可以确定所述第一定位参考信号序列标识,或者根据第一定位参考信号序列标识和所述函数关系可以确定所述第二定位参考信号序列标识。例如,第二标识可以根据以下公式确定:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000019
或者第一标识可以根据以下公式确定:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000020
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000021
表示第二标识;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000022
表示第一标识;f1()和f2()表示函数关系。
In still other examples, the positioning reference signal sequence identifier may be determined based on the positioning reference signal sequence identifier corresponding to the received positioning reference signal sequence. For example, the first terminal receives a second positioning reference signal sent by another terminal, and the first terminal needs to send a first positioning reference signal in response to the second positioning reference signal. At this time, the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier can be based on The second positioning reference signal sequence identifier is determined. For example, the second positioning reference signal sequence corresponds to the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier; the first positioning reference signal sequence corresponds to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier, and the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier has a corresponding relationship with the second positioning reference signal sequence. relationship, for example, the two positioning reference signal sequence identifiers are the same; or the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier have a functional relationship, that is, it can be determined based on the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the functional relationship. The first positioning reference signal sequence identifier, or the second positioning reference signal sequence identifier can be determined according to the first positioning reference signal sequence identifier and the functional relationship. For example, the second identity can be determined according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000019
Or the first identifier can be determined according to the following formula:
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000020
in,
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000021
Represents the second identifier;
Figure PCTCN2022106753-appb-000022
Represents the first identifier; f1() and f2() represent functional relationships.
本申请实施例给出了第一终端基于定位方法、终端标识、定位信号传输资源等信息确定定位参考信号序列标识的方法,使得终端可以确定相应的定位参考信号标识。The embodiments of this application provide a method for the first terminal to determine the positioning reference signal sequence identifier based on the positioning method, terminal identification, positioning signal transmission resources and other information, so that the terminal can determine the corresponding positioning reference signal identifier.
以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details of the above-mentioned embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of this application. For example, each specific technical feature described in the above-mentioned specific embodiments can be combined in any suitable way without conflict. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition, this application will no longer describe various possible combinations. Specify otherwise. For another example, any combination of various embodiments of the present application can be carried out. As long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the contents disclosed in the present application. For another example, on the premise of no conflict, each embodiment described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be arbitrarily combined with the existing technology, and the technical solution obtained after the combination shall also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.
还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application. The implementation of the examples does not constitute any limitations. In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "sidelink" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, where "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is from the station. The first direction to the user equipment of the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is the second direction from the user equipment of the cell to the site, and "sidelink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of the signal or data is A third direction sent from User Device 1 to User Device 2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in the embodiment of this application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that three relationships can exist. Specifically, A and/or B can represent three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构组成示意图,如图18所示,通信装置1800可以应用于第一终端,所述通信装置1800包括:确定单元1801,用于从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;通信单元1802,用于根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。Figure 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 18, the communication device 1800 can be applied to the first terminal. The communication device 1800 includes: a determining unit 1801 for determining from a predetermined identifier A first identifier is determined in the set; the communication unit 1802 is configured to send a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:获取第一定位方法;根据所述第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: obtain a first positioning method; and determine the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the first positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;确定单元1801,还用于:确定所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合;其中,所述第一标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method; wherein the first identification set includes the The first identifier is determined from the first identifier set in the at least one identifier set.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:从所述第一标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,确定单元1801,还用于:根据以下至少之一,从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the first identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine from the first identifier set according to at least one of the following: The first identification is determined in an identification set: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the The second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:根据对应关系,确定所述第一定位方法对应的所述第一标识集合;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the at least one identification set and at least Correspondence between one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述对应关系是协议约定的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第一终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第二终端配置的;或者所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the second terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:根据协议约定确定所述第一定位方法;或者,根据预配置确定所述第一定位方法;或者,根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first positioning method according to protocol agreement; or determine the first positioning method according to preconfiguration; or determine the first positioning method according to network device configuration information. A positioning method; or, determining the first positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or determining the first positioning method according to the information configured by the first terminal and other terminals other than the second terminal. method.
在一些实施例中,通信单元1802,还用于:接收所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号;确定单元1801,还用于:根据所述第二定位参考信号,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the communication unit 1802 is further configured to: receive a second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: according to the second positioning reference signal, determine the predetermined identifier from the second positioning reference signal. The first identifier is determined in the set.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:确定所述第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识;根据所述第二标识,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal; and determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second identifier.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;确定单元1801,还用于:确定所述第二标识所属的第二标识集合;所述第二标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the predetermined identity set includes at least one identity set; the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second identity set to which the second identity belongs; the second identity set is included in the at least one identity set. in the identification set; determining the first identification from the second identification set.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:确定所述第二标识集合对应的第二定位方法;在所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine a second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set; when the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, from the The first identifier is determined from the second identifier set.
在一些实施例中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。In some embodiments, the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, a time difference of arrival TDOA positioning method, Observe the arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, and arrival angle AOA positioning method.
在一些实施例中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:基于网络设备的定位方法;基于终端的定位方法;基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。In some embodiments, the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a positioning method based on a network device; a positioning method based on a terminal; and a positioning method based on a combination of a network device and a terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括以下之一:所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法;所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于终端的定位方法;所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。In some embodiments, the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including one of the following: the second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method; the second positioning method includes: a multi- RTT positioning method, and terminal-based positioning method; the second positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method, and positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:从所述第二标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,确定单元1801,还用于:根据以下至少之一,从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the second identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine from the first identifier set according to at least one of the following: Determine the first identifier from a set of two identifiers: the identifier of the first terminal, the identifier of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the request. The second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:从所述预定标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,确定单元1801,还用于:根据以下至少之一,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: randomly determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set; or, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: determine the first identifier from the predetermined identifier according to at least one of the following: Determine the first identification in the set: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, and whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the first positioning reference signal. The second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, and the resource information of the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the identity of the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
第一终端的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI中的部分或全部、所述第一终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端在通信组的组内标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2源目标标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2目的标识中的部分或全部。Part or all of the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the first terminal, part or all of the group identification of the communication group to which the first terminal belongs, and part or all of the group identification of the communication group of the first terminal. Part or all of the Layer 2 source identification of the first terminal, part or all of the Layer 2 destination identification of the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:第二终端的C-RNTI中的部分或全部、所述第二终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端在通信组的组内标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2源目标标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2目的标识中的部分或全部。In some embodiments, the identity of the second terminal includes at least one of the following: part or all of the C-RNTI of the second terminal, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group to which the second terminal belongs. , part or all of the intra-group identification of the second terminal in the communication group, part or all of the layer 2 source and destination identification of the second terminal, part or all of the layer 2 destination identification of the second terminal, or all.
在一些实施例中,所述资源信息,包括以下至少之一:时域资源信息、频域资源信息、频率层信息。In some embodiments, the resource information includes at least one of the following: time domain resource information, frequency domain resource information, and frequency layer information.
在一些实施例中,所述时域资源信息包括以下至少之一:时间单元信息、在时间单元中占据的第一个符号的位置信息、占据的符号个数信息、重复周期信息、重复次数信息、重复的定位参考信号之间的间隔信息、时隙偏移信息、符号偏移信息;In some embodiments, the time domain resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, repetition period information, and repetition number information. , the interval information, time slot offset information, and symbol offset information between repeated positioning reference signals;
所述频域资源信息包括以下至少之一:带宽、起始物理资源块PRB信息、起始资源元素RE偏移信息;The frequency domain resource information includes at least one of the following: bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, starting resource element RE offset information;
所述频率层信息包括以下至少之一:子载波间隔、循环前缀、带宽、起始PRB信息、PointA信息,梳齿尺寸、梳齿间隔、资源单元间隔。The frequency layer information includes at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth spacing, and resource unit spacing.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1801,还用于:在所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述预定标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,根据第二信息,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识;In some embodiments, the determining unit 1801 is further configured to: when the first terminal determines multiple identities from the predetermined identity set based on the first information, determine the multiple identities from the plurality of identities based on the second information. Determine the first identifier among the identifiers;
其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息;Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals;
所述第二信息为所述第三信息中除所述第一信息之外的部分信息或全部信息。The second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二标识和所述第一标识相同;或者,In some embodiments, the second identifier is the same as the first identifier; or,
所述第二标识和所述第一标识具有函数关系。The second identification and the first identification have a functional relationship.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端根据 预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the second terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
图19为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构组成示意图,如图19所示,通信装置1900可以应用于第二终端,所述通信装置1900包括:Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 19, the communication device 1900 can be applied to the second terminal. The communication device 1900 includes:
通信单元1901,用于接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。The communication unit 1901 is configured to receive a first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to a first identifier in a predetermined identifier set.
在一些实施例中,通信装置1900还包括:确定单元1902,用于确定接收第一定位参考信号的资源(包括时域资源和/或频域资源)。通信单元1901,还用于根据确定的第一定位参考信号的资源,接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号。In some embodiments, the communication device 1900 further includes: a determining unit 1902, configured to determine resources (including time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources) for receiving the first positioning reference signal. The communication unit 1901 is also configured to receive the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal according to the determined resource of the first positioning reference signal.
在一些实施例中,通信单元1901,还用于:根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。In some embodiments, the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: determine whether to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal.
在一些实施例中,通信单元1901,还用于:在所述第一定位信号为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。In some embodiments, the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: when the first positioning signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, not to The first terminal feeds back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:在所述第一定位信号不为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,所述第二终端确定所述第一定位参考信号对应的第一标识;所述第二终端确定所述第一标识对应的所述第一定位方法;In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: in the case where the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the The second terminal determines the first identifier corresponding to the first positioning reference signal; the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier;
通信单元1901,还用于:在所述第一定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号;或者,在所述第一定位方法为不需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。The communication unit 1901 is further configured to: when the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal feeds back the positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal. a third positioning reference signal; or, when the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal does not feed back the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal. The third positioning reference signal of the signal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:确定所述第一标识属于第一标识集合;确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine that the first identifier belongs to a first identifier set; and determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identifier set.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:根据对应关系,确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the at least one identification set and at least Correspondence between one positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述对应关系是协议约定的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the corresponding relationship is stipulated in the protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; or, the corresponding relationship is The relationship is configured by the first terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:从预定标识集合中确定第二标识;通信单元1901,还用于:根据所述第二标识,向所述第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to determine a second identity from a predetermined identity set; the communication unit 1901 is further configured to: send a second positioning reference to the first terminal according to the second identity. Signal.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:获取第二定位方法;根据所述第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第二标识。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: obtain a second positioning method; and determine the second identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second positioning method.
在一些实施例中,确定单元1902,还用于:根据协议约定确定所述第二定位方法;或者,根据预配置确定所述第二定位方法;或者,根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法。In some embodiments, the determining unit 1902 is further configured to: determine the second positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or determine the second positioning method according to the preconfiguration; or determine the second positioning method according to the network device configuration information. Two positioning methods; or, determine the second positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or determine the second positioning method according to the information configured by the first terminal and other terminals other than the second terminal. method.
在一些实施例中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。In some embodiments, the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, a time difference of arrival TDOA positioning method, Observe the arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, and arrival angle AOA positioning method.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。In some embodiments, the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or, the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the predetermined identity set is configured by a network device; or, The predetermined identity set is configured by the first terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
图20为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构组成示意图,如图20所示,通信装置2000可以应用于网络设备,所述通信装置2000包括:Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 20, the communication device 2000 can be applied to network equipment. The communication device 2000 includes:
通信单元2001,用于向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。Communication unit 2001, configured to configure a predetermined identification set to the first terminal; the predetermined identification set includes a first identification, and the first identification is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal. .
在一些实施例中,通信装置2000还包括:确定单元2002,用于确定预定标识集合。In some embodiments, the communication device 2000 further includes: a determining unit 2002, configured to determine a predetermined identity set.
在一些实施例中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;所述至少一个标识集合包括第一标识集合,所述第一标识集合包括所述第一标识;In some embodiments, the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the at least one identification set includes a first identification set, and the first identification set includes the first identification;
所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间具有对应关系;There is a corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method;
所述第一标识集合对应所述第一定位方法;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The first identification set corresponds to the first positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
在一些实施例中,通信单元2001,还用于:向所述第一终端配置所述对应关系和/或所述第一定位方法。In some embodiments, the communication unit 2001 is further configured to configure the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method to the first terminal.
本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述通信装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的通信方法的相关描述进行理解。Persons skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the above communication device in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图。该通信设备2100可以包括以下之一:第一终端、第二终端或网络设备。Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 2100 may include one of the following: a first terminal, a second terminal, or a network device.
图21所示的通信设备2100可以包括处理器2110和存储器2120,所述存储器2120存储有可在处理器2110上运行的计算机程序,所述处理器2110执行所述程序时实现上述任一实施例中的通信方法。The communication device 2100 shown in Figure 21 may include a processor 2110 and a memory 2120. The memory 2120 stores a computer program that can be run on the processor 2110. When the processor 2110 executes the program, any of the above embodiments can be implemented. communication methods.
可选地,存储器2120可以是独立于处理器2110的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器2110中。Alternatively, the memory 2120 may be a separate device independent of the processor 2110, or may be integrated in the processor 2110.
在一些实施例中,如图21所示,通信设备2100还可以包括收发器2130,处理器2110可以控制该收发器2130与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 21, the communication device 2100 may also include a transceiver 2130, and the processor 2110 may control the transceiver 2130 to communicate with other devices, specifically, may send information or data to other devices, or Receive information or data from other devices.
其中,收发器2130可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器2130还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Among them, the transceiver 2130 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 2130 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
在一些实施例中,该通信设备2100具体可为本申请实施例的第一终端、第二终端或网络设备,并且该通信设备2100可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一终端、第二终端或网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the communication device 2100 may be the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 2100 may implement the first terminal, the second terminal in the various methods of the embodiment of the present application. The corresponding process implemented by the second terminal or network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有一个或者多个程序,所述一个或者多个程序可被一个或者多个处理器执行,以实现本申请任一实施例中的通信方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer storage medium that stores one or more programs, and the one or more programs can be executed by one or more processors to implement any implementation of the present application. Communication method in the example.
在一些实施例中,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的第一终端、第二终端或网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一终端、第二终端或网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the first terminal in each method of the embodiments of the present application. The corresponding process implemented by the terminal, the second terminal or the network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
图22为本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图22所示的芯片2200包括处理器2210,处理器2210用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请任一实施例中的方法。Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 2200 shown in Figure 22 includes a processor 2210. The processor 2210 is used to call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in any embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,芯片2200还可以包括存储器2220。其中,处理器2210可以从存储器2220中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 22, chip 2200 may also include memory 2220. The processor 2210 can call and run the computer program from the memory 2220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器2220可以是独立于处理器2210的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器2210中。The memory 2220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 2210, or may be integrated into the processor 2210.
在一些实施例中,该芯片2200还可以包括输入接口2230。其中,处理器2210可以控制该输入接口2230与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 2200 may also include an input interface 2230. The processor 2210 can control the input interface 2230 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
在一些实施例中,该芯片2200还可以包括输出接口2240。其中,处理器2210可以控制该输出接口2240与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。In some embodiments, the chip 2200 may also include an output interface 2240. The processor 2210 can control the output interface 2240 to communicate with other devices or chips. Specifically, it can output information or data to other devices or chips.
在一些实施例中,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的第一终端、第二终端或网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一终端、第二终端或网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the chip can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of simplicity, the corresponding process of network device implementation will not be described again here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chips mentioned in the embodiments of this application may also be called system-on-chip, system-on-a-chip, system-on-chip or system-on-chip, etc.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当所述指令由所述至少一个处理器执行时实现本申请任一实施例中的通信方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer storage medium. The computer storage medium stores a computer program. The computer program includes instructions that can be executed by at least one processor. When the When the instructions are executed by the at least one processor, the communication method in any embodiment of the present application is implemented.
在一些实施例中,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的第一终端、第二终端或网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一终端、第二终端或网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program product can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to perform the various methods in the embodiments of the present application by the first terminal. , the corresponding process implemented by the second terminal or network device will not be repeated here for the sake of simplicity.
可选地,本申请实施例中的计算机程序产品在另一些实施例中也可以称为软件产品。Optionally, the computer program product in the embodiment of this application may also be called a software product in other embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例中的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, which causes a computer to execute the communication method in any embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的第一终端、第二终端或网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由第一终端、第二终端或网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the computer program can be applied to the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, it causes the computer to perform various methods in the embodiments of the present application. The corresponding process implemented by the first terminal, the second terminal or the network device will not be described again for the sake of simplicity.
本申请实施例的处理器、通信装置或者芯片可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器、通信装置或者芯片可以包括以下任一个或多个的集成:通用处理器、特定用途集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、数字信号处理装置(Digital Signal Processing Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑装置(Programmable Logic Device, PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)、图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)、嵌入式神经网络处理器(neural-network processing units,NPU)、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The processor, communication device or chip in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has signal processing capabilities. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor, communication device or chip may include the integration of any one or more of the following: general-purpose processor, application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), digital Digital Signal Processing Device (DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA), Central Processing Unit (CPU), graphics Processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU), embedded neural network processing units (NPU), controller, microcontroller, microprocessor, programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete Hardware components. Each method, step and logical block diagram disclosed in the embodiment of this application can be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器或计算机存储介质可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory or computer storage medium in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory may be Random Access Memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,上述存储器或计算机存储介质为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory or computer storage medium is illustrative but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM) or dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM). , DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM) ), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, memories in embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种通信方法,所述方法包括:A communication method, the method includes:
    第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;The first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set;
    所述第一终端根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。The first terminal sends a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identifier.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
    所述第一终端获取第一定位方法;The first terminal acquires a first positioning method;
    所述第一终端根据所述第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;The method of claim 2, wherein the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set;
    所述第一终端根据所述第一定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the first positioning method, including:
    所述第一终端确定所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合;其中,所述第一标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;The first terminal determines a first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method; wherein the first identification set is included in the at least one identification set;
    所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identification from the first identification set.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the first terminal determines the first identification from the first identification set, including:
    所述第一终端从所述第一标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,The first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the first identity set; or,
    所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述第一标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the first identifier set according to at least one of the following: an identifier of the first terminal, an identifier of the second terminal, and an identifier of the first positioning reference signal. Resource information, whether the first positioning reference signal is used in response to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second terminal Resource information of the sent second positioning reference signal.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端确定所述第一定位方法对应的第一标识集合,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the first terminal determines the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method, including:
    所述第一终端根据对应关系,确定所述第一定位方法对应的所述第一标识集合;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The first terminal determines the first identification set corresponding to the first positioning method according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; The first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系是协议约定的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第一终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第二终端配置的;或者所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。The method according to claim 5, wherein the corresponding relationship is stipulated in a protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; Alternatively, the corresponding relationship is configured by the second terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by another terminal other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端获取第一定位方法,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the first terminal obtains the first positioning method, including:
    所述第一终端根据协议约定确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据预配置确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法;或者,所述第一终端根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第一定位方法。The first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to preconfiguration; or the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to network device configuration information. The first positioning method; or the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or the first terminal determines the first positioning method according to the information outside the first terminal and the second terminal. Information configured by other terminals determines the first positioning method.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
    所述第一终端接收所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号;The first terminal receives the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal;
    所述第一终端根据所述第二定位参考信号,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to the second positioning reference signal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端根据所述第二定位参考信号,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second positioning reference signal, including:
    所述第一终端确定所述第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识;The first terminal determines a second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal;
    所述第一终端根据所述第二标识,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second identification.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;The method of claim 9, wherein the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set;
    所述第一终端根据所述第二标识,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The first terminal determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set according to the second identity, including:
    所述第一终端确定所述第二标识所属的第二标识集合;所述第二标识集合包括在所述至少一个标识集合中;The first terminal determines a second identity set to which the second identity belongs; the second identity set is included in the at least one identity set;
    所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。The first terminal determines the first identification from the second identification set.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first terminal determines the first identification from the second identification set, including:
    所述第一终端确定所述第二标识集合对应的第二定位方法;The first terminal determines a second positioning method corresponding to the second identification set;
    在所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识。If the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set.
  12. 根据权利要求2至7、11任一项所述的方法,其中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方 法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7 and 11, wherein the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method, a reference Signal time difference RSTD positioning method, arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, observed arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, arrival angle AOA positioning method.
  13. 根据权利要求2至7、11任一项所述的方法,其中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:基于网络设备的定位方法;基于终端的定位方法;基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7 and 11, wherein the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a network device-based positioning method; a terminal-based positioning method; a network device-based positioning method; Terminal combined positioning method.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述第二定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 11, wherein the second positioning method is a method that requires feedback of positioning reference signals, including one of the following:
    所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法;The second positioning method includes: multi-RTT positioning method;
    所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于终端的定位方法;The second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method and a terminal-based positioning method;
    所述第二定位方法包括:multi-RTT定位方法,以及基于网络设备和终端结合的定位方法。The second positioning method includes: a multi-RTT positioning method, and a positioning method based on the combination of network equipment and terminals.
  15. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the first terminal determines the first identification from the second identification set, including:
    所述第一终端从所述第二标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,The first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the second identity set; or,
    所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述第二标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the second identifier set according to at least one of the following: an identifier of the first terminal, an identifier of the second terminal, and an identifier of the first positioning reference signal. Resource information, whether the first positioning reference signal is used in response to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second terminal Resource information of the sent second positioning reference signal.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从预定标识集合中确定第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first terminal determines the first identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
    所述第一终端从所述预定标识集合中随机确定所述第一标识;或者,The first terminal randomly determines the first identity from the predetermined identity set; or,
    所述第一终端根据以下至少之一,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息。The first terminal determines the first identifier from the predetermined identifier set according to at least one of the following: an identifier of the first terminal, an identifier of the second terminal, and a resource of the first positioning reference signal. information, whether the first positioning reference signal is used in response to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identifier corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal The resource information of the second positioning reference signal.
  17. 根据权利要求4、15、16任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 4, 15, and 16, wherein the identity of the first terminal includes at least one of the following:
    第一终端的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI中的部分或全部、所述第一终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端在通信组的组内标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2源目标标识中的部分或全部、所述第一终端的层2目的标识中的部分或全部;和/或,Part or all of the cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the first terminal, part or all of the group identification of the communication group to which the first terminal belongs, and part or all of the group identification of the communication group of the first terminal. Part or all of the Layer 2 source identification of the first terminal, part or all of the Layer 2 destination identification of the first terminal; and/or,
    所述第二终端的标识,包括以下至少之一:The identity of the second terminal includes at least one of the following:
    第二终端的C-RNTI中的部分或全部、所述第二终端所在的通信组的组标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端在通信组的组内标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2源目标标识中的部分或全部、所述第二终端的层2目的标识中的部分或全部。Part or all of the C-RNTI of the second terminal, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group to which the second terminal belongs, part or all of the group identifier of the communication group of the second terminal, all Part or all of the Layer 2 source target identifier of the second terminal, and part or all of the Layer 2 destination identifier of the second terminal.
  18. 根据权利要求4、15至17任一项所述的方法,其中,所述资源信息,包括以下至少之一:时域资源信息、频域资源信息、频率层信息。The method according to any one of claims 4 and 15 to 17, wherein the resource information includes at least one of the following: time domain resource information, frequency domain resource information, and frequency layer information.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 18, wherein:
    所述时域资源信息包括以下至少之一:时间单元信息、在时间单元中占据的第一个符号的位置信息、占据的符号个数信息、重复周期信息、重复次数信息、重复的定位参考信号之间的间隔信息、时隙偏移信息、符号偏移信息;The time domain resource information includes at least one of the following: time unit information, position information of the first symbol occupied in the time unit, information on the number of occupied symbols, repetition period information, repetition number information, and repeated positioning reference signals. interval information, slot offset information, symbol offset information;
    所述频域资源信息包括以下至少之一:带宽、起始物理资源块PRB信息、起始资源元素RE偏移信息;The frequency domain resource information includes at least one of the following: bandwidth, starting physical resource block PRB information, starting resource element RE offset information;
    所述频率层信息包括以下至少之一:子载波间隔、循环前缀、带宽、起始PRB信息、PointA信息,梳齿尺寸、梳齿间隔、资源单元间隔。The frequency layer information includes at least one of the following: subcarrier spacing, cyclic prefix, bandwidth, starting PRB information, PointA information, comb tooth size, comb tooth spacing, and resource unit spacing.
  20. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第一标识,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first terminal determines the first identification from the predetermined identification set, including:
    在所述第一终端根据第一信息,从所述预定标识集合中确定多个标识的情况下,所述第一终端根据第二信息,从所述多个标识中确定所述第一标识;In the case where the first terminal determines multiple identifiers from the predetermined identifier set based on the first information, the first terminal determines the first identifier from the multiple identifiers based on the second information;
    其中,所述第一信息为第三信息中的部分信息;所述第三信息包括:所述第一终端的标识、所述第二终端的标识、所述第一定位参考信号的资源信息、所述第一定位参考信号是否用于响应所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号对应的第二标识、所述第二终端发送的第二定位参考信号的资源信息;Wherein, the first information is part of the third information; the third information includes: the identification of the first terminal, the identification of the second terminal, the resource information of the first positioning reference signal, Whether the first positioning reference signal is used to respond to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the second identification corresponding to the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal, the third positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal 2. Resource information of positioning reference signals;
    所述第二信息为所述第三信息中除所述第一信息之外的部分信息或全部信息。The second information is part or all of the third information except the first information.
  21. 根据权利要求4、9至11、15至20任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二标识和所述第一标识相同;或者,The method according to any one of claims 4, 9 to 11, 15 to 20, wherein the second identification and the first identification are the same; or,
    所述第二标识和所述第一标识具有函数关系。The second identifier and the first identifier have a functional relationship.
  22. 根据权利要求1至21任一项所述的方法,其中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the predetermined identification set is agreed upon by a protocol; or the predetermined identification set is determined by the first terminal according to preconfiguration; or the predetermined identification set is The identity set is configured by a network device; or the predetermined identity set is configured by the second terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  23. 一种通信方法,所述方法包括:A communication method, the method includes:
    第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。The second terminal receives the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to the first identifier in the predetermined identifier set.
  24. 根据权利要求23述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 23, wherein the method further includes:
    所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端反馈针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。The second terminal determines whether to feed back a third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端发送第三定位参考信号,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
    在所述第一定位信号为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,所述第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。In the case where the first positioning signal is a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the second terminal does not feedback the feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal to the first terminal. a third positioning reference signal of the first positioning reference signal.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端根据所述第一定位参考信号,确定是否向所述第一终端发送第三定位参考信号,包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the second terminal determines whether to send a third positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the first positioning reference signal, including:
    在所述第一定位信号不为针对所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送的第二定位参考信号的反馈信号的情况下,所述第二终端确定所述第一定位参考信号对应的第一标识;In the case where the first positioning signal is not a feedback signal for the second positioning reference signal sent by the second terminal to the first terminal, the second terminal determines that the first positioning reference signal corresponds to first identification;
    所述第二终端确定所述第一标识对应的所述第一定位方法;The second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification;
    在所述第一定位方法为需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号;或者,When the first positioning method is a method that requires feedback of a positioning reference signal, the second terminal feeds back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal; or,
    在所述第一定位方法为不需要反馈定位参考信号的方法的情况下,所述第二终端不向所述第一终端反馈所述针对所述第一定位参考信号的第三定位参考信号。If the first positioning method is a method that does not require feedback of positioning reference signals, the second terminal does not feed back the third positioning reference signal for the first positioning reference signal to the first terminal.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端确定所述第一标识对应的所述第一定位方法,包括:The method according to claim 26, wherein the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification, including:
    所述第二终端确定所述第一标识属于第一标识集合;The second terminal determines that the first identification belongs to a first identification set;
    所述第二终端确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法。The second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法,包括:The method according to claim 27, wherein the second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set, including:
    所述第二终端根据对应关系,确定所述第一标识集合对应的所述第一定位方法;其中,所述对应关系包括:所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间的对应关系;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The second terminal determines the first positioning method corresponding to the first identification set according to the corresponding relationship; wherein the corresponding relationship includes: the corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method; The first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系是协议约定的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述对应关系是网络设备配置的;或者,所述对应关系是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述对应关系是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。The method according to claim 28, wherein the corresponding relationship is stipulated in a protocol; or, the corresponding relationship is determined by the second terminal according to preconfiguration; or, the corresponding relationship is configured by a network device; Alternatively, the corresponding relationship is configured by the first terminal; or the corresponding relationship is configured by another terminal other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  30. 根据权利要求23至29任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 29, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识;The second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set;
    所述第二终端根据所述第二标识,向所述第一终端发送第二定位参考信号。The second terminal sends a second positioning reference signal to the first terminal according to the second identification.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端从预定标识集合中确定第二标识,包括:The method according to claim 30, wherein the second terminal determines the second identity from a predetermined identity set, including:
    所述第二终端获取第二定位方法;The second terminal obtains the second positioning method;
    所述第二终端根据所述第二定位方法,从所述预定标识集合中确定所述第二标识。The second terminal determines the second identification from the predetermined identification set according to the second positioning method.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述第二终端获取第二定位方法,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein the second terminal obtains the second positioning method, including:
    所述第二终端根据协议约定确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据预配置确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据网络设备配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据所述第二终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法;或者,所述第二终端根据所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的信息确定所述第二定位方法。The second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the protocol agreement; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to preconfiguration; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to network device configuration information. the second positioning method; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the information configured by the second terminal; or the second terminal determines the second positioning method according to the information outside the first terminal and the second terminal. Information configured by other terminals determines the second positioning method.
  33. 根据权利要求26至29、31、32任一项所述的方法,其中,第一定位方法或第二定位方法包括以下至少之一:往返时间RTT定位方法、多次往返时间multi-RTT定位方法、参考信号时间差RSTD定位方法、到达时间差TDOA定位方法、观测到达时间差OTDOA定位方法、离开角AOD定位方法、到达角AOA定位方法。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 29, 31, and 32, wherein the first positioning method or the second positioning method includes at least one of the following: a round trip time RTT positioning method, a multiple round trip time multi-RTT positioning method , reference signal time difference RSTD positioning method, arrival time difference TDOA positioning method, observed arrival time difference OTDOA positioning method, departure angle AOD positioning method, arrival angle AOA positioning method.
  34. 根据权利要求23至33任一项所述的方法,其中,所述预定标识集合是协议约定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是所述第二终端根据预配置确定的;或者,所述预定标识集合是网络设备配置的;或者, 所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端配置的;或者所述预定标识集合是所述第一终端和所述第二终端外的其它终端配置的。The method according to any one of claims 23 to 33, wherein the predetermined identity set is agreed upon by a protocol; or the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to a preconfiguration; or the predetermined identity set is determined by the second terminal according to a preconfiguration. The identity set is configured by a network device; or the predetermined identity set is configured by the first terminal; or the predetermined identity set is configured by other terminals other than the first terminal and the second terminal.
  35. 一种通信方法,所述方法包括:A communication method, the method includes:
    网络设备向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。The network device configures a predetermined identifier set to the first terminal; the predetermined identifier set includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述预定标识集合包括至少一个标识集合;所述至少一个标识集合包括第一标识集合,所述第一标识集合包括所述第一标识;The method of claim 35, wherein the predetermined identification set includes at least one identification set; the at least one identification set includes a first identification set, and the first identification set includes the first identification;
    所述至少一个标识集合与至少一个定位方法之间具有对应关系;There is a corresponding relationship between the at least one identification set and at least one positioning method;
    所述第一标识集合对应所述第一定位方法;所述第一定位方法包括在所述至少一个定位方法中。The first identification set corresponds to the first positioning method; the first positioning method is included in the at least one positioning method.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 36, wherein the method further includes:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端配置所述对应关系和/或所述第一定位方法。The network device configures the corresponding relationship and/or the first positioning method to the first terminal.
  38. 一种通信装置,包括:A communication device including:
    确定单元,用于从预定标识集合中确定第一标识;a determining unit, configured to determine the first identity from the predetermined identity set;
    通信单元,用于根据所述第一标识,向第二终端发送第一定位参考信号。A communication unit configured to send a first positioning reference signal to the second terminal according to the first identification.
  39. 一种通信装置,包括:A communication device including:
    通信单元,用于接收第一终端发送的第一定位参考信号;其中,所述第一定位参考信号是根据预定标识集合中的第一标识确定的。A communication unit, configured to receive a first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal; wherein the first positioning reference signal is determined according to a first identifier in a predetermined identifier set.
  40. 一种通信装置,包括:A communication device including:
    通信单元,用于向第一终端配置预定标识集合;所述预定标识集合中包括第一标识,所述第一标识用于确定所述第一终端向第二终端发送的第一定位参考信号。A communication unit configured to configure a predetermined identification set to the first terminal; the predetermined identification set includes a first identification, and the first identification is used to determine the first positioning reference signal sent by the first terminal to the second terminal.
  41. [根据细则91更正 09.08.2022]
    [Correction 09.08.2022 under Rule 91]
    一种通信设备,包括:处理器和存储器,A communication device including: a processor and a memory,
    所述存储器存储有可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,the memory stores a computer program executable on the processor,
    所述处理器执行所述程序时实现权利要求1至22任一项,或者,权利要求23至34任一项,或者,权利要求35至37任一项所述方法。When the processor executes the program, the method of any one of claims 1 to 22, or any one of claims 23 to 34, or any one of claims 35 to 37 is implemented.
  42. 一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储有一个或者多个程序,所述一个或者多个程序可被一个或者多个处理器执行,以实现权利要求1至22任一项,或者,权利要求23至34任一项,或者,权利要求35至37任一项所述方法。A computer storage medium that stores one or more programs that can be executed by one or more processors to implement any one of claims 1 to 22, or, Any one of claims 23 to 34, or the method of any one of claims 35 to 37.
  43. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现如权利要求1至22任一项,或者,权利要求23至34任一项,或者,权利要求35至37任一项所述方法。A chip, including: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory to implement any one of claims 1 to 22, or any one of claims 23 to 34, or claims 35 to 37 any of the methods described.
  44. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机存储介质,所述计算机存储介质存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括能够由至少一个处理器执行的指令,当所述指令由所述至少一个处理器执行时实现权利要求1至22任一项,或者,权利要求23至34任一项,或者,权利要求35至37任一项所述方法。A computer program product including a computer storage medium storing a computer program including instructions executable by at least one processor. When the processor is executed, the method of any one of claims 1 to 22, or any one of claims 23 to 34, or any one of claims 35 to 37 is realized.
  45. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至22任一项,或者,权利要求23至34任一项,或者,权利要求35至37任一项所述方法。A computer program that causes a computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 22, or any one of claims 23 to 34, or any one of claims 35 to 37.
PCT/CN2022/106753 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program WO2024016215A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/106753 WO2024016215A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2022/106753 WO2024016215A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024016215A1 true WO2024016215A1 (en) 2024-01-25

Family

ID=89616787

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/106753 WO2024016215A1 (en) 2022-07-20 2022-07-20 Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024016215A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110635876A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning reference signal configuration and receiving method and equipment of NR system
CN111436127A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal sending method and device
CN112583553A (en) * 2019-09-29 2021-03-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal transmission method and device
CN112673652A (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-04-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Signal transmission method and device, and terminal
CN114339987A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-12 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Transmission method and device of positioning reference signal, storage medium and terminal

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110635876A (en) * 2018-06-22 2019-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning reference signal configuration and receiving method and equipment of NR system
CN112673652A (en) * 2018-09-20 2021-04-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Signal transmission method and device, and terminal
CN111436127A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 华为技术有限公司 Reference signal sending method and device
CN112583553A (en) * 2019-09-29 2021-03-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Signal transmission method and device
CN114339987A (en) * 2020-09-30 2022-04-12 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Transmission method and device of positioning reference signal, storage medium and terminal

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018059210A1 (en) Method and apparatus for use in data transmission
KR20230048347A (en) Sidelink positioning method and apparatus based on network setting
WO2019028759A1 (en) Method for device to device communication, and terminal device
EP4046317A1 (en) Systems and methods for signaling starting symbols in multiple pdsch transmission occasions
TW201735697A (en) Data transmission method, terminal, and base station
WO2019104685A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020221318A1 (en) Uplink beam management method and apparatus
JP2023526735A (en) Systems and methods for TCI state activation and codepoint to TCI state mapping
WO2020169063A1 (en) Data transmission method, and communication apparatus
JP2022550411A (en) Configured UL with repetition
TW202029681A (en) Method and communication device for harq transmission
WO2018170877A1 (en) Information sending method and apparatus, terminal, access network device and system
WO2023143093A1 (en) Sidelink positioning reference signal (sl prs) parameter configuration method and apparatus
WO2024016215A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, device, storage medium, chip, product and program
CN112351451A (en) Beam failure recovery method and device
WO2019178790A1 (en) Method and device for signal transmission
WO2024031308A1 (en) Transmission method, positioning reference signal configuration method and apparatus, device, and medium
JP7511004B2 (en) SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING STARTING SYMBOL IN MULTIPLE PDSCH TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITIES - Patent application
WO2023206480A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus for absolute location, device, and medium
WO2022151391A1 (en) Sending frequency adjustment method and apparatus
WO2023134586A1 (en) Resource selection method and apparatus, and device
WO2023004591A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and device for location acquisition, medium, chip, product, and program
WO2023004639A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining positioning mode, terminal device, and network device
WO2024032064A1 (en) Power control method and communication apparatus
WO2023205972A1 (en) Positioning reference signal sending method and apparatus, device and medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22951493

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1